Base Mounted
Metal Seal/Rubber Seal
Series VQ
Space-saving profile
Unprecedented high speed
response and long service life
All pilot valves are compactly mounted on one side.
The space-saving design of mounting all fittings on
one side permits mounting in three directions.
(Metal seal, single, with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor)
VQ0000
10 ms
Space-saving ·········· 45% less
VQ1000
10 ms
Capacity-saving ······ 50% less
VQ2000
20 ms
VQC
SQ
VQ0
200 million cycles
VQ4
Dispersion accuracy ±2 ms
VQ5
VQZ
VQ0000
(VV5Q05)
Locking type (Manual)
Locking type
manual override
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust
Regulator unit
Thin compact design
with large flow capacity
VQD
Flow characteristics
Manifold
pitch
(mm)
C [dm /(s·bar)]
C [dm /(s·bar)]
VQ0000
10.7
0.44
0.53
Up to ø40
VQ1000
10.5
0.72
1.0
Up to ø50
VQ2000
16
2.6
3.2
Up to ø80
Ejector unit
Model
Blanking
plate assembly
Metal seal
3
Rubber seal
3
Cylinder
size
∗ Flow characteristics: 4/2 5/3 (A/B R1/R2)
VQ1000
(VV5Q11)
Dual flow fitting
DIN rail
Elbow fitting assembly
(Top entry connector)
Elbow fitting assembly
(Bottom entry connector)
Port plug
Individual SUP spacer
Individual EXH spacer
∗ The photo does not show an actual use example.
VQ2000
(VV5Q21)
A variety of options
Innovative
mounting methods
The non-bias, one-clamp structure
permits easy valve replacement.
(Plug-in unit)
A variety of common wiring
methods are standardized.
F
G
Built-in One-touch
fittings for easy piping.
kit
(D-sub connector)
Number of pins: 15, 25
P
kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)
Number of pins: 10, 16, 20, 26
Top entry
Side entry
Top entry
Side entry
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
with terminal block)
Number of pins: 20
kit
(Terminal box)
kit
(Lead wire)
kit
(Serial transmission
unit)
T
L
S
J
kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)
Number of pins: 20
(PC Wiring System compliant)
Top entry
M
Side entry
kit
(Multi-connector kit)
(VQ2000 only)
2-4-113
Valve Specifications
Sonic
conductance
Type of actuation
Voltage
Electrical entry
Manual override
Rubber seal
VQ200
2.6
2.0
Metal seal
VQ201
3.2
2.2
Base Mounted
(F/L kit only)
Series
VQ2000
P. 2-4-128
Rubber seal
VQ050
0.44
0.32
Metal seal
P. 2-4-124
VQ051
0.53
0.44
Series
P. 2-4-186
Rubber seal
P. 2-4-182
VQ110
0.72
0.72
Metal seal
Plug lead
VQ0000
VQ111
1.0
0.65
Series
VQ1000
P. 2-4-184
2-4-114
P. 2-4-186
Locking type (Manual)
Locking type
Push type, Tool required
Double
Plug-in
(F/L kit only)
Plug-in
P. 2-4-128
P. 2-4-120
M plug connector
0.65
Series
VQ1000
L plug connector
1.0
12 V 100 V 200 V
24 V 110 V 220 V
DC AC AC
50/60 50/60
Hz Hz
Grommet
VQ101
Pressure center
0.72
Exhaust center
3 position
Closed center
0.72
Closed center
Double
Single
Rubber seal
VQ00
Metal seal
4/2 5/3
(A/B R1/R2)
Single
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
External pilot
D-sub connector 15P
Except L kit
Negative common specifications
For S, G kit, please contact SMC.
One-touch fitting
Inch size
Except L kit
Option
Except L kit
For S, G kit, please contact SMC.
P. 2-4-177
Except L kit
For S kit, please contact SMC.
P. 2-4-177
P. 2-4-215
P. 2-4-215
For S kit, please contact SMC.
Flat ribbon cable 10P 16P 20P
For special wiring spec.
Blanking plate
Individual SUP/EXH
SUP/EXH passage spacer
Name plate
DIN rail mounting style
Standard
P. 2-4-166
P. 2-4-172
P. 2-4-208
P. 2-4-210
Built-in silencer
Silencer for EXH port
Elbow fitting for cylinder port
Two stations matching
fittings for double flow rate
Plug for cylinder port
Regulator unit
Ejector unit mounted
Double check block
Manifold Option
Back pressure check valve
2-4-115
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Series VQ/Base
Mounted: Variations
Manifold Variations
F
P
J
G
kit
kit
kit
kit
D-sub connector
Conforming to MIL D-sub connector
Flat ribbon cable
Flat ribbon cable
connector
connector
(26, 20, 16, 10 pins)
(20 pins)
Flat ribbon cable
with power supply
terminal block
Conforming to MIL flat ribbon Conforming to MIL flat ribbon Conforming to MIL flat ribbon cable
cable connector
cable connector
connector
PC Wiring System compatible
Applicable to OMRON’s serial transmission
unit
PC Wiring System compatible
Plug-in
Series
VQ1000
P. 2-4-130
P/J kit
P. 2-4-134
P. 2-4-142
P. 2-4-130
P/J kit
P. 2-4-134
P. 2-4-142
P. 2-4-188
P kit only
P. 2-4-192
P. 2-4-188
P kit only
P. 2-4-192
Series
VQ2000
Plug Lead
Series
VQ0000
Series
VQ1000
2-4-116
P. XXX
Manifold Variations
T
L C
S
M
kit
kit
kit
kit
Terminal block box
(Terminal block)
Lead wire
Serial transmission unit
Circular connector
Direct electrical entry type
Enables single-wire solenoid
valve-PLC operation
IP65 (Dusttight/Low jetproof type)
Terminal blocks are compactly
arranged on one side.
VQC
SQ
VQ0
L
VQ4
kit
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Terminal block box
P. 2-4-146
P. 2-4-150
L
P. 2-4-154
Enclosure
IP65 compliant
kit
Enclosure
IP65 compliant
P. 2-4-146
Enclosure
IP65 compliant
P. 2-4-150
P. 2-4-154
P. 2-4-200
P. 2-4-204
P. 2-4-200
P. 2-4-204
W type only
P. 2-4-158
C
kit
Terminal block
P. 2-4-196
C
kit
Terminal block
P. 2-4-196
2-4-117
2-4-118
Cylinder Speed Chart
Use as a guide for selection.
Please confirm the actual conditions with
SMC Sizing Program.
Bore size
Series
Series CJ2
Pressure 0.5 MPa
Load factor 50%
Stroke 60 mm
Average
speed
(mm/s)
ø6
VQ0151
Port size:
One-touch fitting for ø4
VQ1101
Port size:
One-touch fitting for ø6
VQ2101
Port size:
One-touch fitting for ø8
ø10
Series CM2
Pressure 0.5 MPa
Load factor 50%
Stroke 300 mm
ø16
ø20
ø25
Series MB, CA1
Pressure 0.5 MPa
Load factor 50%
Stroke 500 mm
ø32
ø40
ø40
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
ø50
VQC
ø63
ø80
ø100
Perpendicular,
upward actuation
Horizontal
actuation
VQ0151
VQ1101
VQ2101
Conditions
VQ4
VQZ
VQD
Conditions
Tube bore x Length
Speed controller
Silencer
Tube bore x Length
Speed controller
Silencer
Tube bore x Length
Speed controller
Silencer
VQ0
VQ5
∗ It is when the cylinder is extending that is meter-out controlled by speed controller which is directly connected with cylinder, and its needle valve
with being fully open.
∗ The average velocity of the cylinder is what the stroke is divided by the total stroke time.
∗ Load factor: ((Load weight x 9.8)/Theoretical force) x 100%
Series
SQ
Series CJ2
Series CM2
Series MB, CA1
T0425 x 1 m
AS2001F-04
AN103-X233
T0604 x 1 m
AS3001F-06
AN103-X233
T0806 x 1 m
AS3001F-08
AN200-KM8
2-4-119
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.
VQ1000
Base Mounted
Series
Plug-in Unit
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6 F U1
Series
1
VQ1000
Option
Symbol
Nil
2
B
D
G1
G2
G3
J
K
N
R
S
Manifold
1 Plug-in unit
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
The maximum and minimum
number of stations are
varied depending on kit.
(Refer to the table below.)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate
them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B“ have check valves for
prevention of back pressure at all manifold
stations. If not all stations need this check valve,
specify the stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector
mounted styles. A combination of “J“ and “N“ is
unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring by means of the manifold
specification sheet. (Except L kit)
Note 6) Indicate “R“ for the valve with external pilot.
Cylinder port
Port size
Symbol
Symbol
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C3
With One-touch fitting for ø4
C4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
C6
M5 thread
M5
With mixed size/with port plug (1)
CM
L3 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for top piping
L4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping
Option
None
200/220 VAC models (Applicable to F and L kits)
With back pressure check valve (2)
DIN rail mounting
1 set of regulator unit (3)
2 sets of regulator unit (3)
3 sets of regulator unit (3)
With vacuum ejector unit (4)
Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (5)
With name plate
External pilot (6)
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Port size
L6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for top piping
Elbow M5 thread for top piping
L5
B3 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for bottom piping
B4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping
B6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping
Elbow M5 thread for bottom piping
B5
Mixed size for elbow piping
LM
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are attached without being incorporated.
Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System.
For details about applicable models, please contact SMC.
Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length
F
kit
(D-sub connector)
P
Top entry
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector)
J
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector (20P))
Top entry
Note 1)
G
Top entry
The valve is equipped with
Compatible only with 24
VDC valves.
Order separately
SI unit made by
OMRON Corp.
Note 1)
25P
Note 1)
26P
Side entry
Connector entry direction
P. 2-4-130
26P
Side entry
Connector entry direction
P. 2-4-134
Side entry
Connector entry direction
P. 2-4-138
Top entry Side entry
Top entry Side entry
Top entry Side entry
U0
U0
U0
U0
S0 Without cable
S0 Without cable
S0 Without cable
(2)
(2)
(2)
Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 16 Kit U1
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations J U2 J S2 With cable (3 m) stations G U2
U3
U3
U3
U3
S3 With cable (5 m)
S3 With cable (5 m)
S3 With cable (5 m)
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
2-4-120
Kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector with power
supply terminal block)
P. 2-4-142
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
(2)
2 to 16
stations
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
How to Order Valves
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
How to Order Manifold Assembly
Example
5
S
··
1
Metal
Seal
Rubber
0
1
2 position double
Light/Surge
voltage suppressor
Metal seal
Rubber seal
3 position closed center
Symbol
3 position exhaust center
4
5
4 position dual 3 port valve
2
1
D-sub connector
DC
AC
Nil
Standard type
(1.0 W)
Note)
H
High pressure
type
(1.5 W)
—
Y
Low wattage
type
(0.5 W)
—
1
2 Note)
3
4 Note)
5
6
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
Note) 200/220 VAC
models
are
applicable to F
and L kits.
VQ0
Cylinder ports
C6: With One-touch fitting for ø6
F kit
(D-sub connector)
Manifold base (9 stations)
VV5Q11-09C6FU2
VV5Q11-09C6FU2 ···· 1 set (F kit 9 station manifold base no.)
∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 4 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
∗VV1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set (Blanking plate part no.)
The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
the manifold specification sheet.
Note) For external pilot and negative
COM specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to 24-179.
A
5
N.C
Specifications
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to page
2-4-129.
3 position pressure center
SQ
Coil voltage
Function
3
VQC
C: Locking type
(Manual)
Nil
Yes
E Note) None
Note) Inapplicable
to the S kit.
2 position double
4
Blanking plate
VQ1000-10A-1 (1 set)
1 Ds
2 id
3 e
···
···
··
2 position single
Note) (A)
ta
VQ1000
tio U
ns sid
e
Nil: Non-locking B: Push-locking
slotted type
push type
(Tool required)
Type of actuation
2
Double solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1200-5 (4 sets)
Single solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1100-5 (4 sets)
Manual override
Series
1
VQ1000
3
N.C
4 position dual 3 port valve
4
2
Note) (B)
B
5
N.O
1
3
N.O
4 position dual 3 port valve
Note) (C)
4
2
Note) Rubber seal type only.
C
5
N.C
T
1
3
N.O
kit
(Terminal box)
L
kit
(Lead wire cable)
S
kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage
suppressor, and the voltage is 24
VDC. The dust proof SI unit is also
available. Refer to page 2-4-154 for
details.
P. 2-4-154
P. 2-4-146
Kit T
O Terminal block box 2 to 24 stations (2)
Kit
L
0
1
2
0
A
Without SI unit
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
B
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
(2)
C
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
Max.16
D
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
stations
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System
F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
Kit
G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
S
H
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
Max. 8 stations
J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points)
K
Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
Max.16
P. 2-4-150
Q
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
stations
R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
With cable (0.6 m)
1 to 8
R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
With cable (1.5 m)
stations
Max. 16 stations
V
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System
With cable (3 m)
2-4-121
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000
Manifold Option
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ1000-10A-1
P. 2-4-208
SUP block plate
VVQ1000-16A
2 stations matching fitting assembly Blanking plug
VVQ1000-52A-C8
KQ2P-
Double check block
VQ1000-FPG-
23
04
06
08
T
CY o
Lp
ort
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ1000-P-1-C6
EXH block base assembly
C3
F
C6
VVQ1000-19A- PL - C4
M5
Elbow fitting assembly
C3
C6
VVQ1000-F-L C4
M5
Silencer (For EXH port)
AN200-KM8/AN203-KM8
C6 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ1000-R-1-C6
Connector assembly
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B] DIN rail mounting bracket [-D]
VVQ1000-18A
VVQ1000-57A
Regulator unit
VVQ1000-AR-1
• For cylinder port fittings
part no., refer to page 2-4175.
• For replacement parts,
refer to page 2-4-227.
C6 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
With vacuum ejector unit
[-J]
Port plug
VVQ0000-58A
Built-in silencer,
Name plate [-N]
N -Station (1 to Max. stations) direct exhaust [-S]
VVQ1000- NC
Exhaust port
2-4-122
Blanking plate with connector
VVQ1000-1C-
2-4-123
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.
VQ2000
Base Mounted
Series
Plug-in Unit
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 2 1
Option
08 C6 F U1
Symbol
Series
2
Manifold
VQ2000
1
Plug-in unit
Kit type
Cylinder port
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
The maximum and
minimum number of
stations are varied
depending on kit.
(Refer to the table
below.)
Symbol
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
With One-touch fitting for ø8
With mixed size/with port plug (1)
Symbol
C4
C6
C8
CM
L4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping
L6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping
Port size
W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø8 for top piping
L8
B4 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping
B6 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping
B8 W/ elbow One-touch fitting ø8 for bottom piping
Mixed size for elbow piping
LM
Option
Nil
None
B
Back pressure check valve (2)
D
DIN rail mounting style
K Special wiring specifications (Except double wiring) (3)
N
With name plate
R
External pilot (4)
S
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Enclosure: Dust tight/splashproof type
W
(IP65) [T, L, S and M kits only]
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on the manifold specification
sheet.
Note 2) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available. For details, refer to page
2-4-179.
Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System.
For details about applicable models, Contact SMC.
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
specified,
indicate
them
alphabetically. Example) -DNR.
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
valves for prevention of back pressure
at all manifold stations. If not all
stations need this check valve, specify
the stations where check valves are
installed by manifold specification
sheet.
Note 3) Specify the wiring specifications in
the manifold specification sheet.
(Except L kit)
Note 4) Indicate “R” for the valve with
external pilot.
Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length
F
kit
(D-sub connector)
P
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector)
J
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector (20P))
Side entry
Side entry
Note 1)
Note 1)
25P
Connector entry direction
P. 2-4-130
Compatible only
with 24 VDC valves.
26P
Top entry
Top entry
Connector entry direction
Connector entry direction
P. 2-4-134
P. 2-4-138
Top entry Side entry
Top entry Side entry
Top entry Side entry
U0
U0
U0
U0
S0 Without cable
S0 Without cable
S0 Without cable
(2)
(2)
(2)
Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to24 Kit U1 Kit S1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to16 Kit U1
F U2 F S2 With cable (3 m) stations P U2 P S2 With cable (3 m) stations J U2 J S2 With cable (3 m) stations G U2
U3
U3
U3
U3
S3 With cable (5 m)
S3 With cable (5 m)
S3 With cable (5 m)
2-4-124
kit
(Flat ribbon cable
connector with power
supply terminal block)
Note 1)
26P
Top entry
G
P. 2-4-142
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
(2)
2 to 16
stations
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
How to Order Valves
VQ 2 1 0 0 Y
How to Order Manifold Assembly
Example
5
Double solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ2200-5 (4 sets)
Series
Enclosure
VQ2000
Nil
Dust-protected
W Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
Type of actuation
Blanking plate
VQ2000-10A-1 (1 set)
S
VQC
·
sid
3
N.C
3
D
2
1
ta
Nil: Non-locking B: Push-locking
push type
slotted type
(tool required)
A
5
N.C
U
tio si
ns de
4 position dual 3 port valve
4
2
(A)
···
Note)
e
2 position single
1
Single solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ2100-5 (3 sets)
Manual override
···
2
VQ2000
Metal
B
2 position double
Rubber
2
Note)
4 position dual 3 port valve
4
2
(B)
Note)
C
5
N.O
1
1
2 position double
4 position dual 3 port valve
(C)
4
2
5
N.C
1
3
N.O
Function
Symbol Specifications DC
Standard (1.0 W)
Nil
type
Seal
4
3 position pressure center
0 Metal seal
1 Rubber seal
5
H
Y
Note ) For sub-plate single
unit type, refer to page
2-4-165.
AC
Note)
VQ0
VQ4
D-sub connector
AXT100-DS25-030
F kit
(D-sub connector)
Coil voltage
3
3 position exhaust center
C: Locking type
(Manual)
Nil
Yes
None
E Note)
Note) Inapplicable
to the S kit.
Note) Rubber seal
type only.
3 position closed center
SQ
Light/Surge
voltage suppressor
3
N.O
1
2 Note)
3
4 Note)
5
6
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
Note) 200/220 VAC
models
are
applicable to F
and L kits.
(1.5 W)
High
—
pressure type
Low wattage (0.5 W)
—
type
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to
page 2-4-129.
Note) For external pilot and negative COM specifications,
Cylinder ports
C8: With One-touch
fitting for ø8
Manifold base (8 stations)
VV5Q21-08C8FU2
VV5Q21-08C8FU2 ··· 1 set (F kit 8 station manifold base no.)
∗VQ2100-5 ········· 3 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
∗VQ2200-5 ········· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
∗VVQ2000-10A-1 ·· 1 set (Blanking plate part no.)
The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
the manifold specification sheet.
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178 to 2-4-179.
T
kit
(Terminal box)
L
kit
(Lead wire cable)
S
kit
(4)
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an indicator light and
surge voltage suppressor, and the voltage is 24
VDC. The dusttight SI unit is available. Refer to
page 2-4-154 for details. Dusttight/splashproof
type (IP65) is also available. (Except SE and SG.)
M
kit
(Multi-connector)
P. 2-4-154
O
A
B
Dust tight/Low jetproof type
(IP65) available P. 2-4-146
Kit T O
Terminal
block box
Note 1)
Note 2)
Note 3)
Note 4)
Without SI unit
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
(2)
Max.16
stations
(4)
Dust tight/
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
jetproof type
BB MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System(2 power supply lines) Low
Max.16 stations
(IP65) only available
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
C
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
D
(2)
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System
Kit F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points) Max.16
S G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System stations
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
H
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
Dust tight/Low jetproof type
Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
K
(IP65) available P. 2-4-150
Max.16
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
Q
stations Kit
0 With cable (0.6 m)
OMRON
Corp.:
CompoBus/S
System
(16
output
points)
R1
1 to 8
Kit
Max.
8 stations M
1 With cable (1.5 m)
R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points)
stations
L
2 With cable (3 m)
V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16 stations
2 to 20
stations (2)
Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.
For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
Refer to the pages on respective kits for IP65 type. (T, L and S kits)
Kits with IP65 enclosure applicable to input/output are also available. Refer to page 2-4-162 for details.
P. 2-4-162
Without cable
0
(2)
1 With cable (1.5 m) 2 to 24
2 With cable (3 m) stations
3 With cable (5 m)
2-4-125
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Base Mounted
Series
VQ2000
Manifold Option
P. 2-4-210
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ2000-10A-1
SUP block plate
VVQ2000-16A
DIN rail mounting bracket [-D]
VVQ2000-57A
Port plug
VVQ1000-58A
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ2000-P-1-C8
EXH block plate
VVQ2000-19A
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust [-S]
Blanking plug
04
08
KQ2P- 06
10
Exhaust port
C8 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø8
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ2000-R-1-C8
Name plate [-N]
VVQ2000-N-Station (1 to Max. stations)
Silencer (For EXH port)
AN200-KM10
• For cylinder port fittings part
no., refer to page 2-4-175.
• For replacement parts, refer to
page 2-4-227.
C8 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø8
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B]
VVQ2000-18A
Elbow fitting assembly
VVQ2000-F-L (C4, C6, C8)
2 stations matching fitting assembly
VVQ2000-52A-C10
Double check block
VQ2000-FPG-
To
CY
Lp
ort
2-4-126
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
2-4-127
VQ1000/2000
Base Mounted
Series
Plug-in Unit
Model
Flow characteristics (1)
4 position
VQ2000
3 position
2 position
4 position
VQ1000
3 position
2 position
Series
Number of
solenoids
1 2/4 (P A/B)
Model
Response time (ms) (2)
2/4 3/5 (A/B R1/R2)
Standard : 1 W Low wattage:
0.5 W
H : 1.5 W
b
Cv
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
b
Cv
VQ1100
0.70
0.15
0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
12 or less
15 or less
29 or less
Rubber seal
VQ1101
0.85
0.20
0.21
1.0
0.30
0.25
15 or less
20 or less
34 or less
Metal seal
VQ1200
0.70
0.15
0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
10 or less
13 or less
13 or less
Rubber seal
VQ1201
0.85
0.20
0.21
1.0
0.30
0.25
15 or less
20 or less
20 or less
Closed
center
Metal seal
VQ1300
0.68
0.15
0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal
VQ1301
0.70
0.20
0.16
0.65
0.42
0.18
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Exhaust
center
Metal seal
VQ1400
0.68
0.15
0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal
VQ1401
0.70
0.20
0.16
1.0
0.30
0.25
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Pressure Metal seal
center
Rubber seal
VQ1500
0.70
0.15
0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
VQ1501
0.85
0.20
0.21
0.65
0.42
0.18
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Dual
Rubber seal
3 port valve
A
VQ1B 01
C
0.70
0.20
0.16
0.70
0.20
0.16
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Metal seal
VQ2100
2.0
0.15
0.46
2.6
0.15
0.60
22 or less
29 or less
49or less
Rubber seal
VQ2101
2.2
0.28
0.55
3.2
0.30
0.80
24 or less
31 or less
51or less
Metal seal
VQ2200
2.0
0.15
0.46
2.6
0.15
0.60
15 or less
20 or less
20 or less
Rubber seal
VQ2201
2.2
0.28
0.55
3.2
0.30
0.80
20 or less
26 or less
26 or less
Closed
center
Metal seal
VQ2300
2.0
0.15
0.46
2.0
0.18
0.46
29 or less
38 or less
58 or less
Rubber seal
VQ2301
2.0
0.28
0.49
2.2
0.31
0.60
34 or less
44 or less
64 or less
Exhaust
center
Metal seal
VQ2400
2.0
0.15
0.46
2.6
0.15
0.60
29 or less
38 or less
58 or less
Rubber seal
VQ2401
2.0
0.28
0.49
3.2
0.30
0.80
34 or less
44 or less
64 or less
Pressure Metal seal
center
Rubber seal
VQ2500
2.4
0.17
0.57
2.0
0.18
0.46
29 or less
38 or less
58 or less
VQ2501
3.2
0.28
0.80
2.2
0.31
0.60
34 or less
44 or less
64 or less
1.8
0.28
0.46
1.8
0.28
0.46
34 or less
44 or less
64 or less
Metal seal
Single
Double
Single
Double
Dual
Rubber seal
3 port valve
A
VQ2 B 01
C
Note 1) Cylinder port size C6: (VQ1000), C8: (VQ2000) without check valve option for prevention of back pressure.
Note 2) As per JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure; 0.5 MPa; with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor; clean air)
The response time is subject to the pressure and quality of the air. The values at the time of ON are given for double types.
2-4-128
AC
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
Weight
(g)
64
78
90
110
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
Standard Specifications
Valve specifications
Metal
2 position single
Rubber
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Fluid
Air/Inert gas
Air/Inert gas
Maximum operating pressure
0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)
Valve construction
JIS Symbol
2 position double
2 position double
Minimum
operating pressure
Single
0.1 MPa
0.15 MPa
Double
0.1 MPa
0.1 MPa
3 position
0.1 MPa
Push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manual type) Option
Manual override
Impact/Vibration resistance
(2)
12 , 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Coil rated voltage
Solenoid
3 position pressure center
Allowable voltage fluctuation
±10% of rated voltage
Coil insulation type
Class B or equivalent
Power
consumption
(Current)
24 VDC
1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA)
12 VDC
1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA)
, 0.5 W DC (21 mA)
(4)
(3)
, 0.5 W DC (42 mA) (4)
100 VAC
Inrush 1.2 VA (12 mA), Holding 1.2 VA (12 mA)
110 VAC
Inrush 1.3 VA (12 mA), Holding 1.3 VA (12 mA)
200 VAC
Inrush 2.4 VA (12 mA), Holding 2.4 VA (12 mA)
220 VAC
Inrush 2.6 VA (12 mA), Holding 2.6 VA (12 mA)
Porting specifications
Base model
(2)
Port size
Type of connection
Port location
(1)
1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
C8 (ø8)
C3 (ø3.2)
Option
C4(ø4)
Built-in
silencer,
direct exhaust
M5 (M5 thread)
Applicable
stations
Applicable
solenoid valve
5 station
weight
(g)
F kit–D-sub connector
P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector
J kit–Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
VQ1000 VV5Q11-
G kit– Flat ribbon cable connector
with terminal block
T kit–Terminal box
Side
L kit–Lead wire cable
C6 (ø6)
F, P, T kits
2 to 24 stations
J, G, S kit
2 to 16 stations
VQ100
VQ101
L kit
1 to 8 stations
628
(Single)
759
(Double,
3 position)
S kit–Serial transmission unit
F kit–D-sub connector
F, P kits
2 to 24 stations
P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector
C10 (ø10)
J kit–Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
Option
G kit– Flat ribbon cable connector
with terminal block
Built-in
Side
VQ2000 VV5Q21-
silencer,
T kit–Terminal box
direct exhaust
L kit–Lead wire cable
S kit–Serial transmission unit
M kit–Multi-connector
Note 1) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
C4 (ø4)
C6 (ø6)
C8 (ø8)
J, G, S kit
2 to 16 stations
L kit
1 to 8 stations
T kit
2 to 20 stations
VQ200
VQ201
1051
(Single)
1144
(Double,
3 position)
R port
R port
P port
Type of connection
P port
A, B port
VQ0
VQ4
(3)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance ··· No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial direction
and at the right angles to the main valve and armature in both energized and deenergized states every once for each condition. (Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance ··· No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz. Test was
performed at both energized and de-energized states in the axial direction and at
the right angles to the main valve and armature. (Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Value for high voltage type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Value for low voltage type (0.5 W)
Note 5) Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) is available on T, L, S and M kits of VQ2000.
Manifold Specifications
Series
SQ
150/30 m/s2
Dust-protected, Dust tight/Low jetproof type (IP65) (5)
Enclosure
3 position exhaust center
VQC
Not required
Lubrication
3 position closed center
0.2 MPa
–10 to 50°C (1)
Ambient and fluid temperature
A, B port
Type of connection
2-4-129
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
F
VQ1000/2000
Kit (D-sub connector)
VV5Q11
The D-sub connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connections.
Using the D-sub connector (25P), (15P as an option) conforming to
MIL standard permits the use of connectors put on the market and
gives a wide interchangeability.
Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with
the available mounting space.
Maximum stations are 24.
VV5Q21
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Applicable
stations
Port size
Port
locaition 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
VQ1000
Side
C8
VQ2000
Side
C10
C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 24 stations
C4, C6, C8
Max. 24 stations
D-sub Connector (25 pins)
Cable Assembly 015
AXT100-DS25- 030
050
Wire Color by Terminal No. of
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
The D-sub connector cable assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
Electric
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly (Option) Characteristics
Multi-core vinyl cable
0.3 mm2 x 25C
Cable
length (L)
1.5 m
3m
5m
L
~
= ø10
Assembly part no.
Note
AXT100-DS25-015
AXT100-DS25-030
AXT100-DS25-050
Cable 25 core
x 24AWG
8
44
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 25 pins type
with female connector conforming to MIL-C-24308.
Connector manufacturers’ example
Socket side
25
16
14
• Fujitsu Limited
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
2-M2.6 x 0.45
55
13
1
Item
Characteristics
Conductor
65 or
resistance
less
Ω/km, 20°C
Voltage limit
1000
V, 1 min, AC
Insulation
5 or
resistance
more
MΩkm, 20°C
Note) The min. bending
radius of D-sub
cable assembly is
20 mm.
Terminal no.
47.04
Note) Types with 15 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-177 for details.
Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
1
None
Black
2
None
Brown
3
None
Red
4
None
Orange
5
None
Yellow
6
None
Pink
7
None
Blue
8
White
Purple
9
Black
Gray
10
Black
White
11
Red
White
12
Red
Yellow
13
Red
Orange
14
Black
Yellow
15
Black
Pink
16
White
Blue
17
None
Purple
18
None
Gray
19
Black
Orange
20
White
Red
21
White
Brown
22
Red
Pink
23
Red
Gray
24
White
Black
25
None
White
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1
08 C6
F
U 1
Option
N
Symbol
Nil
B
Series
1
2
D
VQ1000
VQ2000
Connector entry
direction
U
S
Top entry
Side entry
Cable (Length)
0
1
2
3
G1
Without cable
G2
With cable (1.5 m)
G3
J
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
Cylinder port
Manifold
1
Plug-in unit
02
2 stations
···
···
Stations
24
24 stations
Note) For details,
refer to page
2-4-178.
2-4-130
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
C8
M5
CM
Port size
VQ1000
VQ2000
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug
N
R
S
With One-touch fitting for ø8
K
(3)
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type. Example) B6
(Elbow One-touch fittings for ø6,
bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are
available. For details, refer to page 2-4179.
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
Option
None
(2)
With back pressure check valve DIN rail mounting style
1 set of regulator unit
(3)
2 sets of regulator unit
3 sets of regulator unit
(4)
With vacuum ejector unit
Special wiring specifications
(5)
(Not double wiring)
With name plate
(6)
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
valves for prevention of back pressure at
all manifold stations. If not all stations
need this check valve, specify the stations
where check valves are installed by using
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
ejector mounted styles. A combination of
“J” and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring by using of the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
ta U s
tio ide
ns
VQC
2
3
D
sid
···
e
···
·
S
SQ
1
Electrical
wiring specifications
D-sub connector assembly
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire color
050
D-sub connector
Terminal no.
{
2 stations
{
3 stations
{
4 stations
{
5 stations
{
6 stations
{
Connector
terminal no.
7 stations
{
As the standard electrical wiring
specifications, double wiring 8 stations {
(connected to SOL. A and SOL.
9 stations
{
B) is adopted for the internal
wiring of each station for 12 10 stations
{
stations or less, regardless of
11 stations
valve and option types.
{
Mixed single and double wiring is
available as an option. For details, 12 stations {
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
1
14
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
6
19
7
20
8
21
9
22
10
23
11
24
12
25
refer to page 2-4-178.
COM.
13
1 station
ns
1
2
3
D
···
VV5Q21
Note) When using the negative common
specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
The total number of stations is tabulated
starting from station one on the D side.
How to Order Valves
5
Manual override
VQ1000
VQ2000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual)
C
Type of actuation
2 position single
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
2 position double
3 position closed center
Nil
3 position exhaust center
E
Yes
None
Rubber seal
VV5Q11-09C6FU2 ···· 1 set –Manifold base no.
*VQ1100-5 ············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
*VQ1200-5 ············· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
*VQ1300-5 ············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
*VVQ1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
High
(1.5 W) —
pressure type
Low wattage (0.5 W) —
Y
type
Note) For power consumption of
AC type, refer to page 2-4129.
U
S side
ta
tio
ns
···
e
···
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
sid
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0 W) Note)
Nil
type
1
2
3
4
5
6
Write sequentially from the
1st station on the D side.
When part nos. written
collectively
are
complicated, specified by
using
the
manifold
specification sheet.
3
Function
H
Note) For external pilot and
negative
COM
specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4178 to 2-4-179.
Note)
<Example>
D-sub connector kit with cable (3 m)
D
Metal seal
None
Black
None
Black
None
White
None
None
None
None
None
Black
None
White
White
White
Black
Red
Black
Red
Red
White
Red
None
Red
2
0
1
Positive common Negative common
specifications
specifications
Coil voltage
3 position pressure center
Seal
Black
Yellow
Brown
Pink
Red
Blue
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Orange
Blue
Red
Purple
Brown
Gray
Pink
White
Gray
White
Black
Yellow
White
Orange
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
Series
1
2
3
4
5
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(–)
How to Order Manifold Assembly
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
1
2
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(+)
VQ4
Lead wire color Dot marking
1
sid
e
···
···
···
S
ta
tio
U
sid
e
VV5Q11
Polarity
VQ0
2-4-131
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
F
VQ1000/2000
Kit (D-sub connector)
VQ1000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].
Applicable connector:
D-sub connector
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
P = 10.5
Indicator light
Manual
override
~
=2
Mounting hole for M4
Stations
D side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
< >: AC
1(P) SUP port
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2
65.5
83.5
112.5
123
3
76
94
125
135.5
4
86.5
104.5
125
135.5
5
97
115
137.5
148
6
107.5
125.5
150
160.5
7
118
136
162.5
173
8
128.5
146.5
175
185.5
9
139
157
187.5
198
10
149.5
167.5
187.5
198
11
160
178
200
210.5
12
170.5
188.5
212.5
223
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 62.5
n: Station (Maximum 24 stastions)
13
181
199
225
235.5
20
254.5
272.5
300
310.5
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 46.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
2-4-132
14
191.5
209.5
237.5
248
15
202
220
250
260.5
16
212.5
230.5
250
260.5
17
223
241
262.5
273
18
233.5
251.5
275
285.5
19
244
262
287.5
298
21
265
283
312.5
323
22
275.5
293.5
325
335.5
23
286
304
325
335.5
24
296.5
314.5
337.5
348
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].
VQC
SQ
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
VQ0
Indicator light
VQ4
Manual
override
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
~
=4
Mounting hole for 4-M5
D side
Stations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
P = 16
2n-C4, C6, C8
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
1(P) SUP port
Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 73
2
85
105
137.5
148
3
101
121
150
160.5
4
117
137
162.5
173
5
133
153
187.5
198
6
149
169
200
210.5
7
165
185
212.5
223
8
9
181 197
201 217
225 250
235.5 260.5
10
213
233
262.5
273
11
229
249
275
285.5
12
245
265
300
310.5
13
261
281
312.5
323
14
277
297
325
335.5
15
293
313
337.5
348
16
309
329
350
360.5
17
325
345
375
385.5
18
341
361
387.5
398
19
357
377
400
410.5
n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)
20
373
393
412.5
423
21
22
389 405
409 425
437.5 450
448 460.5
23
24
421 437
441 457
462.5 487.5
473 498
2-4-133
P
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
VV5Q11
VV5Q21
Manifold Specifications
MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor for
electrical connection.
Using the connector for flat ribbon cable (26P) conforming to MIL
standard permits the use of connectors put on the market and
gives a wide interchangeability.
Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with
the available mounting space.
Maximum stations are 24.
Porting specifications
Series
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Side
C8
VQ2000
Side
C10
C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 24 stations
C4, C6, C8
Max. 24 stations
···
D
1
2
3
Cable assembly ···
sid
·
e
S
ta
tio
Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)
ns
U
sid
e
VQ1000
Applicable
stations
1
AXT100-FC26-to3
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
Red
1
2
3
D
···
sid
···
e
···
···
···
·
Terminal no.
S
ta
tio
ns
U
sid
e
VV5Q11
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Cable length (L)
Assembly part no.
Note
1.5 m
3m
5m
AXT100-FC26-1
AXT100-FC26-2
AXT100-FC26-3
Cable 26 core
x 28AWG
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 26 pins type with strain
relief conforming to MIL-C-83503.
VV5Q21
Connector manufacturers’ example
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited
• Fujitsu Limited
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from
one on the D side.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6
Connector entry
direction
VQ1000
VQ2000
U
S
Plug-in unit
02
2 stations
···
···
Stations
24 24 stations
Note) For details, refer
to page 2-4-178.
2-4-134
Top entry
Side entry
0
1
2
3
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
Cylinder port
Manifold
1
Option
N
Cable (Length)
Series
1
2
P
U 1
Symbol
Port size
VQ1000 VQ2000
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4
With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6
With One-touch fitting for ø6
C8
With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5
M5 thread
(3)
CM With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type.
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for
ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available.
For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Symbol
Option
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
None
Nil
(2)
Back pressure check valve
B
DIN rail mounting style
D
1 set of regulator unit
G1
(3)
2 sets of regulator unit
G2
3 sets of regulator unit
G3
(4)
J With vacuum ejector unit
K
Special Wiring Specifications
(Not double wiring)
N
R
S
With name plate
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
(5)
(6)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
for prevention of back pressure at all
manifold stations. If not all stations need this
check valve, specify the stations where
check valves are installed by using the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
ejector mounted styles. A combination of “J”
and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
Electrical wiring specifications
Terminal no.
SOL.A 1
SOL.B 2
SOL.A 3
SOL.B 4
SOL.A 5
SOL.B 6
SOL.A 7
SOL.B 8
SOL.A 9
SOL.B 10
SOL.A 11
SOL.B 12
SOL.A 13
SOL.B 14
SOL.A 15
SOL.B 16
SOL.A 17
SOL.B 18
SOL.A 19
SOL.B 20
SOL.A 21
SOL.B 22
SOL.A 23
SOL.B 24
COM. 25
COM. 26
Electrical wiring specifications
Note) When using the negative common
specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4178.
How to Order Valves
How to Order Manifold Assembly
Manual override
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
B Locking type (Tool required)
C
Locking type (Manual)
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
Coil voltage
Function
Seal
0
1
Yes
None
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Note)
Standard (1.0 W)
Nil
type
(1.5 W)
H High pressure type
Note) For external pilot and negative
COM specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179.
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
3 110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
5
12 VDC
6
e
E
sid
Nil
U
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
sid
1
2
3
4
5
Y
—
Write sequentially from the
1st station on the D side.
When part nos. written
collectively are complicated,
specified by using the
manifold
specification
sheet.
tio
Type of actuation
VV5Q11-09C6PU2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ······ 1 set–Blanking plate no. (Station 9)
ta
VQ1000
VQ2000
D
1
2
<Example>
Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
S
Series
ns
5
··
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
e
Triangle mark
indicator position
VQD
···
Connector
terminal no.
VQZ
As the standard electrical wiring specifications,
double wiring (connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is
adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 12
stations or less, regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an
option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
3
2 stations
2
{
{
3 stations {
4 stations {
5 stations {
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
9 stations {
10 stations {
11 stations {
12 stations {
1 station
VQ5
Polarity
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(–)
(+)
(–)
Note)
Positive
Negative
common
common
specifications specifications
1
Flat ribbon cable connector
Low wattage (0.5 W) —
type
Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-129.
2-4-135
P
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
VQ1000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
P = 10.5
Indicator light
Manual
override
≅2
Mounting hole for M4
D side
Stations ···· 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ····6 ····7 ···· 8 ···· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 57.5
2
65.5
78.5
112.5
123
3
76
89
125
135.5
4
86.5
99.5
125
135.5
5
97
110
137.5
148
6
107.5
120.5
150
160.5
7
118
131
162.5
173
8
128.5
141.5
175
185.5
9
139
152
187.5
198
10
149.5
162.5
187.5
198
11
160
173
200
210.5
12
170.5
183.5
212.5
223
13
181
194
225
235.5
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 41.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
2-4-136
1(P) SUP port
14
191.5
204.5
225
235.5
15
202
215
237.5
248
16
212.5
225.5
250
260.5
17
223
236
262.5
273
18
233.5
246.5
275
285.5
19
244
257
287.5
298
n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)
20
254.5
267.5
287.5
298
21
265
278
300
310.5
22
275.5
288.5
312.5
323
23
286
299
325
335.5
24
296.5
309.5
337.5
348
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
VQC
P = 16
SQ
Indicator light
Manual
override
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Mounting hole for 4-M5
D side
Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
1(P) SUP port
Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 68
2
85
100
125
135.5
3
101
116
150
160.5
4
117
132
162.5
173
5
133
148
175
185.5
6
149
164
187.5
198
7
165
180
212.5
223
8
181
196
225
235.5
9
197
212
237.5
248
10
213
228
262.5
273
11
229
244
275
285.5
12
245
260
287.5
298
13
261
276
300
310.5
14
277
292
312.5
323
15
293
308
337.5
348
16
309
324
350
360.5
17
325
340
362.5
373
18
341
356
387.5
398
n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)
19
357
372
400
410.5
20
373
388
412.5
423
21
389
404
425
435.5
22
405
420
450
460.5
23
421
436
462.5
473
24
437
452
475
485.5
2-4-137
J
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
VV5Q11
MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connection.
The use of flat ribbon cable connectors (20P) conforming to MIL
standards provides a wide range of compatibility with conventional
connectors.
Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance with the
available mounting space.
Maximum stations are 16.
VV5Q21
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Applicable
stations
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max. 16 stations
VQ2000
Side
C10
C4, C6, C8
Max. 16 stations
2
3
···
···
·
D
Cable assembly S
sid
ta
e
tio
ns
U
sid
e
Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
1
1
AXT100-FC20- to3
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
Red
ns
1
2
3
D
···
sid
e
···
···
···
···
···
··
Terminal no.
S
ta
tio
19
U
20
sid
e
30
VV5Q11
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Cable length (L)
Assembly part no.
Note
1.5 m
3m
5m
AXT100-FC20-1
AXT100-FC20-2
AXT100-FC20-3
Cable 20 core
x 28AWG
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 20 pins with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.
VV5Q21
Connector manufacturers’ example
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited
• Fujitsu Limited
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from
one on the D side.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6
VQ1000
VQ2000
U
S
Plug-in unit
Stations
···
2 stations
···
02
16
16 stations
Note) For details, refer
to page 2-4-178.
2-4-138
Top entry
Side entry
Option
N
Cable (Length)
0
1
2
3
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
Cylinder port
Manifold
1
U 1
Connector
entry direction
Series
1
2
J
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
C8
M5
CM
Port size
VQ1000 VQ2000
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5 thread
(3)
With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type.
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for
ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available.
For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Symbol
Option
VQ1000 VQ2000
Nil
None
B Back pressure check valve
DIN rail mounting style
D
1 set of regulator unit
G1
2 sets of regulator unit
G2
3 sets of regulator unit
G3
With vacuum ejector unit
J
K
Special Wiring Specifications
(Not double wiring)
Note
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
With name plate
N
(6)
External pilot
R
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
for prevention of back pressure at all
manifold stations. If not all stations need
this check valve, specify the stations
where check valves are installed by using
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
ejector mounted styles. A combination of
“J” and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external
pilot.
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
Electrical wiring specifications
VQ5
Terminal no.
Flat ribbon cable connector
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
1 station
SOL.A
SOL.B
2 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
3 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
4 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
Triangle mark
indicator position 5 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
6 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
7 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
8 stations
SOL.A
SOL.B
Connector terminal no.
Polarity
20
18
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
16
14
12
10
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
8
6
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
19
17
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
15
13
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
11
9
7
5
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(–)
(–)
As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL. A
and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 12 stations or less,
regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-178.
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for
negative common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
4
3
COM
COM
2
1
Note)
Positive common Negative common
specifications
specifications
How to Order Valves
How to Order Manifold Assembly
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
5
Manual override
Series
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
B Locking type (Tool required)
C
Locking type (Manual)
VQ1000
VQ2000
Type of actuation
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
2 position single
Nil
2 position double
E
3 position closed center
Coil voltage
Function
Note) For external pilot and negative
COM specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179.
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
···
High pressure (1.5 W)
type
e
H
·
S
ta
U
sid
tio e
ns
When ordering, specify the part
nos. in order from the 1st.
station in the D side. When part
nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using
the manifold specification sheet.
···
Rubber seal
sid
Seal
Metal seal
24 VDC
Symbol Specifications DC
Standard (1.0 W)
Nil
type
D
3 position pressure center
5
Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
3
3 position exhaust center
0
1
Yes
None
2
1
2
3
4
5
VV5Q11-09C6PU2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ··········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ···· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
1
1
2
<Example>
Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
2-4-139
VQZ
VQD
J
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
VQ1000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].
(L4)
5.2
(L3)
23.5
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
L2
L1
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
28
8.8
(12)
27
P = 10.5
13
Indicator light
Manual override
40.5
66
(35)
93.5
PCW type
(5.5)
4.8
1.5
~
=2
Mounting hole for 4-M4
35
52
Stations
D side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
U side
61.5
63.5
2-C8
P
40.7
X
P
9.3
X
DIN rail clamp screw
25
R
7.7
R
(7.5)
(12)
18.7
R (EXH) port
2-C8
P (SUP) port
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2-4-140
2
65.5
78.5
112.5
123
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 57.5
3
76
89
125
135.5
4
86.5
99.5
125
135.5
5
97
110
137.5
148
6
107.5
120.5
150
160.5
7
118
131
162.5
173
8
128.5
141.5
175
185.5
9
139
152
187.5
198
10
149.5
162.5
187.5
198
11
160
173
200
210.5
12
170.5
183.5
212.5
223
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
13
181
194
225
235.5
14
191.5
204.5
225
235.5
15
202
215
237.5
248
16
212.5
225.5
250
260.5
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-PS].
23.5
L2
L1
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
P = 16
13
VQC
6.5
34.5
Indicator light
Manual
override
SQ
1
1
VQ0
VQ4
(35)
VQZ
46.2
80
(5.5)
120
PCW type
VQ5
VQD
10.6
~
=4
Mounting hole for 4-M5
35
(5.2)
(L3)
(L4)
52
73.5
Stations
D side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
U side
2-C10
R (EXH) port
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2
85
100
125
135.5
41
2-C10
P (SUP) port
Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 68
3
101
116
150
160.5
4
117
132
162.5
173
5
133
148
175
185.5
6
149
164
187.5
198
7
165
180
212.5
223
8
181
196
225
235.5
(12)
16
Dimensions
P = 16
(7.5)
23
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
31.6
49
DIN rail clamp screw
24.5
9.5
(12)
34.5
9
197
212
237.5
248
10
213
228
262.5
273
11
229
244
275
285.5
12
245
260
287.5
298
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
13
261
276
300
310.5
14
277
292
312.5
323
15
293
308
337.5
348
16
309
324
350
360.5
2-4-141
G
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector with terminal block)
VV5Q21
VV5Q11
Terminal block for power supply equipped with a 20 pins flat cable
connection for rationalized connection of valves.
Solenoid valves and power supply can be connected by the same
cable to a specific output unit that requires power supply from the
output section to the internal circuit. (SI unit)
Maximum stations are 16.
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Port size
Port
licaition 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max. 16 stations
VQ2000
Side
C10
C4, C6, C8
Max. 16 stations
Flat Ribbon Cable (20 pins)
AXT100-FC20-
Us
ide
ns
····
·
Sta
Cable assembly
Applicable
stations
tio
····
·· 3
1
to
3
2
Ds
1
ide
The total number of stations
is tabulated starting from
station one on the D side.
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
Red
Power supply terminal block
(Terminal screw M3)
Terminal no.
Indicator light
SI unit made by OMRON Corp.
Mountable for G71-OD16 (Order separately)
U
s
tio ide
ns
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Assembly part no.
Note
1.5 m
3m
5m
AXT100-FC20-1
AXT100-FC20-2
AXT100-FC20-3
Cable 20 core
x 28AWG
1
2
3
D
sid
···
e
···
·
S
ta
Cable length (L)
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 20 pins with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.
Connector manufacturers’ example
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
• Oki Electric Cable Co. Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited
• Fujitsu Limited
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1 08 C6
G
Series
1
2
Cable (Length)
Connector entry
direction, Top entry
VQ1000
VQ2000
Nil
U
Manifold
1
Stations
···
···
2 stations
Note)
16
16 stations
Note) For details, refer
to page 2-4-178.
2-4-142
For VQ1000
For VQ2000
0
1
2
3
Without cable
Cable length 1.5 m
Cable length 3 m
Cable length 5 m
Cylinder port
Plug-in unit
02
Option
N
Symbol
Port size
VQ1000 VQ2000
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4
With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6
With One-touch fitting for ø6
C8
With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5
M5 thread
CM With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom piping) for
elbow type.
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for ø6,
bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow fittings and
mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available. For
details, refer to page 2-4-179.
Symbol
Nil
B
D
G1
G2
G3
J
Option
VQ1000 VQ2000
None
Back pressure check valve
DIN rail mounting style
1 set of regulator unit
2 sets of regulator unit
3 sets of regulator unit
With vacuum ejector unit
K
Special Wiring Specifications
(Not double wiring)
N
R
S
With name plate
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
for prevention of back pressure at all
manifold stations. If not all stations need this
check valve, specify the stations where
check valves are installed by using the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
ejector mounted styles. A combination of “J”
and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
Connector assembly
VQZ
Electric circuit diagram (Below wiring is the case of all double solenoid connections.)
Flat ribbon cable connector
{
{
3 stations
{
4 stations
{
5 stations
{
6 stations
{
Connector
terminal no.
7 stations
{
8 stations
{
Triangle mark
1 station
2 stations
VQD
Terminal no.
20
As the standard electrical
18
wiring
specifications,
16
14
double wiring (connected
12
to SOL. A and SOL. B) is
10
adopted for the internal
8
wiring of each station for 8
6
stations or less, regardless
19
of valve and option types.
17
Mixed single and double
15
13
wiring is available as an
11
option. For details, refer to
9
page 2-4-178.
7
5
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
indicator position
3.4
–
24 VDC +
1.2
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
VQ 1
1 0 0 Y
5
Manual override
Series
1
2
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
B Lockking type (Tool required)
C
Locking type (Manual)
VQ1000
VQ2000
Type of actuation
1
2
3
4
5
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
Nil
Flat ribbon cable with power supply terminal block and
3 m cable
VV5Q11-08C6G2 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ············· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1200-5 ············· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 5)
∗VQ1300-5 ············· 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 6 to 8)
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When part
nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using the
manifold specification sheet.
Coil voltage
5
Seal
0
1
Yes
None
E
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part
number.
<Example>
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note) For external pilot specifications,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4179.
24 VDC
Function
Symbol Specifications
DC
Nil
Standard type
(1.0 W)
H
High pressure
type
(1.5 W)
Y
Low wattage
type
(0.5 W)
U
Sta side
tio
ns
·
····
···
3
2
1
Ds
ide
2-4-143
G
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector with terminal block)
VQ1000
The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
Indicator light
P = 10.5
Power supply terminal block
(Terminal screw M3)
Indicator light
~
=2
Manual
override
Mounting hole for M4
Triangle mark indicator position
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
D side
Stations ··· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ··· 7 ··· 8 ···· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Dimensions
n
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 45.5, L2 = 10.5n + 63
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
L1
66.5
77
87.5
98
108.5 119
129.5 140
150.5 161
L2
84
94.5 105
115.5 126
136.5 147
157.5 168
178.5
(L3)
112.5 125
125
137.5 150
162.5 175
187.5 187.5 200
(L4)
123
135.5 135.5 148
160.5 173
185.5 198
198
210.5
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10. 5n + 46.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
L
2-4-144
1(P) SUP port
12
171.5
189
212.5
223
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
13
182
199.5
225
235.5
14
192.5
210
237.5
248
15
203
220.5
250
260.5
16
213.5
231
262.5
273
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D].
VQC
SQ
P = 16
Power supply terminal block
(Terminal screw M3)
VQ0
Indicator light
Manual
override
VQ4
Indicator light
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
~
=4
Mounting hole for 4-M5
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly (20P)
AXT100-FC20-1: 1.5 m
AXT100-FC20-2: 3 m
AXT100-FC20-3: 5 m
D side
Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ······ 7 ······ 8 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
P = 16
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2
85
119
150
160.5
1(P) SUP port
Formula L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 87
3
101
135
162.5
173
4
117
151
175
185.5
5
133
167
187.5
198
6
149
183
212.5
223
7
165
199
225
235.5
8
181
215
237.5
248
9
197
231
262.5
273
10
213
247
275
285.5
11
229
263
287.5
298
12
245
279
300
310.5
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
13
261
295
325
335.5
14
277
311
337.5
348
15
293
327
350
360.5
16
309
343
362.5
373
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10. 5n + 46.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
2-4-145
T
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Terminal block box kit)
IP65 compliant
VV5Q11
2-G 3/4
Electrical entry
VV5Q21
DD
11 2 sisdiede
23
3···
···
····
···S
···ta UU
···tio sisi
···n dede
s
S
ta
tio
ns
This kit has a small terminal box inside a junction box. The
electrical entry port {VQ1000: G 1/2, VQ2000: G 3/4} permits
connection of conduit fittings.
Maximum stations are 24.
Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series
VQ2000)
G 1/2
Electrical entry
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
VQ1000
VQ2000
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Side
C10
C4, C6, C8
Applicable stations
Max. 24 stations
Max. 20 stations
The total number of
stations is tabulated
starting from station
one on the D side.
Terminal block connection Open the terminal block cover to connect
the wires to the terminal block.
Electrical wiring specifications: VQ1000
Step 1. How to remove terminal block cover
Terminal no.
Loosen the screws on the terminal block cover and open
it in the direction shown by the arrow. The cover can
then be removed from the terminal block.
COM.
{
{
3 stations
{
4 stations
{
5 stations
{
6 stations
{
7 stations
{
8 stations
{
9 stations
{
10 stations
{
11 stations
{
12 stations
{
1 station
2 stations
Step 2. Wire connection
Cover
1st row 2nd row
The diagram on the left shows the terminal block wiring
schematic. All stations are provided with double solenoid
wiring. Insert each lead wire into the terminal opening
and tighten the screw directly above.
How to connect is inserting the lead wire into the terminal
window, then tighten the screw on the top.
3rd row
The quantity of terminal blocks used depends
on the number of manifold stations:
Manifold
Terminal blocks
2 to 8 stations
2 rows
9 to 12 stations
3 rows
As the standard electrical wiring
specifications, double wiring
(connected to SOL. A and SOL.
B) is adopted for the internal
wiring of each station for 12
stations or less, regardless of
valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring
is available as an option. For
details, refer to page 2-4-178.
Step 3. How to replace
terminal block cover
Hook groove (a) on shaft (b) and close the cover.
(a)
Then tighten the screws.
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
COM.
Note) When using the negative common specifications,
use valves for negative common.
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
(b)
Polarity
COM
(+)
(–)
1A
(–)
(+)
1B
(–)
(+)
2A
(–)
(+)
2B
(–)
(+)
3A
(–)
(+)
3B
(–)
(+)
4A
(–)
(+)
4B
(–)
(+)
5A
(–)
(+)
5B
(–)
(+)
6A
(–)
(+)
6B
(–)
(+)
7A
(–)
(+)
7B
(–)
(+)
8A
(–)
(+)
8B
(–)
(+)
9A
(–)
(+)
9B
(–)
(+)
10A
(–)
(+)
10B
(–)
(+)
11A
(–)
(+)
11B
(–)
(+)
12A1
(–)
(+)
2B
(–)
(+)
COM
(+)
(–)
Note)
Positive
Negative
common
common
specifications specifications
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1
08 C6
T0
Option
N
Cylinder port
Symbol
Manifold
Plug-in unit
Stations
24 Note)
2 stations
···
···
02
24 stations
Note) VQ2000: Max. 20 stations
For details, refer to page 24-178.
For negative common specifications,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
2-4-146
None
With back pressure check valve
DIN rail mounting style
1 set of regulator unit
2 sets of regulator unit
3 sets of regulator unit
With vacuum ejector unit
Special wiring specifications
(Not double wiring)
With name plate
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
D
VQ1000
VQ2000
1
Option
Nil
B
Series
1
2
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
C8
M5
CM
VQ1000
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 With One-touch fitting for ø4 With One-touch fitting for ø6 With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug G1
VQ2000
G2
G3
J
K
N
(3)
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type.
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch
fittings for ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) For One-touch fittings in inch size,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-179.
R
S
W
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate them
alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves for prevention of
back pressure at all manifold stations. If not all stations need
this check valve, specify the stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector mounted
styles. A combination of “J” and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQC
S Us
ta id
tio e
ns
Special wiring specifications: VQ2000
Irrespective of the valves or
options, the internal wiring is made
double (connected to SOL.A and
SOL.B) for respective stations of
the manifold.
Mixed single and double wiring is
available as an option. For details,
refer to page 2-4-178.
Note) When using the negative
common specifications, use
valves
for
negative
common.
For details, refer to “Option”
on page 2-4-178.
·
···
e
sid
D
(–)
(+)
1B
(–)
(+)
2A
(–)
(+)
2B
(–)
(+)
3A
(–)
(+)
3B
(–)
(+)
4A
(–)
(+)
4B
(–)
(+)
5A
(–)
(+)
5B
(–)
(+)
6A
(–)
(+)
6B
(–)
(+)
7A
(–)
(+)
7B
(–)
(+)
8A
(–)
(+)
8B
(–)
(+)
9A
(–)
(+)
9B
(–)
(+)
10A
(–)
(+)
10B
(–)
(+)
COM. (+)
(–)
2
1A
VQ0
1
{
2 stations {
3 stations {
4 stations {
5 stations {
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
9 stations {
10 stations {
1 station
SQ
···
Terminal no. Polarity
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
3
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
2-G 3/4
Electrical entry
VQD
The total number of stations is tabulated
starting from station one on the D side.
Note)
Positive
Negative
common
common
specifications specifications
VV5Q21
Dust tight/Low jetproof type
How to Order Valves
How to Order Manifold Assembly
5
Enclosure
Series
Note) VQ2000 only.
Manual override
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
B Locking type (Tool required)
Locking type (Manual)
C
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
Nil
Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
Yes
None
H
High pressure (1.5 W)
type
—
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
—
···
3
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0 W) Note)
Nil
type
1 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
3 100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
5
24 VDC
6
12 VDC
···
·
S
Coil voltage
Function
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When part
nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using the
manifold specification sheet.
2
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note) For external pilot
and negative COM
specifications, refer
to “Option” on
pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179.
E
VV5Q11-08C6T0 ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ·········· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 7)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 8)
1
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
Seal
0
1
Terminal block box kit
Note)
W Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
Type of actuation
1
2
3
4
5
<Example>
Dust-protected
U
ta si
tio de
ns
VQ1000
VQ2000
sid
e
1
2
Nil
D
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to page
2-4-179.
2-4-147
T
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Terminal block box kit)
VQ1000
The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
Indicator light
P = 10.5
Manual
override
Top entry port
Not machined
~
=2
Mounting hole for M4
D side
Stations ······ 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ·····6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n
U side
DIN rail clamp screw
3(R) EXH port
G 1/2
Electrical entry
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 45.5, L2 = 10.5n + 105
2
66.5
126
150
160.5
3
77
136.5
162.5
173
4
87.5
147
175
185.5
5
98
157.5
187.5
198
6
108.5
168
187.5
198
7
119
178.5
200
210.5
8
129.5
189
212.5
223
9
140
199.5
225
235.5
10
150.5
210
237.5
248
11
12
161 171.5
220.5 231
250 262.5
260.5 273
13
182
241.5
262.5
273
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 29.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 88.8 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
2-4-148
1(P) SUP port
14
15
192.5 203
252 262.5
275 287.5
285.5 298
16
17
213.5 224
273 283.5
300 312.5
310.5 323
18
234.5
294
325
335.5
n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)
19
20
245 255.5
304.5 315
325 337.5
335.5 348
21
266
325.5
350
360.5
22
276.5
336
362.5
373
23
24
287 297.5
346.5 357
375 387.5
385.5 398
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ2000
The broken lines and dimensions in parentheses indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
VQC
SQ
(L4)
(L3)
5.2
VQ0
L2
L1
P = 16
100
(12)
13
Indicator light
34.5
6.5
VQ4
Manual
override
1
U SIDE
1 1A 1B
4 4A 4B
2 2A 2B
3 3A 3B
STA TERMINANAL
NO.
D SIDE
VQ5
4
10.6
46.2
(35)
80
(5.5)
<129>
126
120
VQZ
D side
(L4)
(L3)
L2 + 0.5
L1+ 0.5
100.5
Stations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
n
U side
2-C10
R (EXH) port
2-G 3/4
Electrical entry
128
41
2-C10
P (SUP) port
6.5
80
P = 16
(7.5)
(12)
23
2n-C3, C4, C6, C8
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
31.6
49
16
9.5
46.5
24.5
DIN rail clamp
screw
U SIDE
1 1A 1B
4 4A 4B
3 3A 3B
2 2A 2B
STA TERMINANAL
NO.
D SIDE
<137.5>
126
Mounting hole
for 4-M5
6.5
76
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2
150.5
163
187.5
198
3
166.5
179
200
210.5
4
182.5
195
225
235.5
5
198.5
211
237.5
248
6
214.5
227
250
260.5
7
230.5
243
262.5
273
8
246.5
259
287.5
298
9
262.5
275
300
310.5
10
278.5
291
312.5
323
11
294.5
307
337.5
348
Formula L1 = 16n + 118.5, L2 = 16n + 131
n: Station (Maximum 10 stations)
12
310.5
323
350
360.5
17
390.5
403
425
435.5
13
326.5
339
362.5
373
14
342.5
355
375
385.5
15
358.5
371
400
410.5
16
374.5
387
412.5
423
18
406.5
419
450
460.5
19
422.5
435
462.5
473
20
438.5
451
475
485.5
2-4-149
VQD
L
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Lead wire cable)
IP65 compliant
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Wiring specifications: Positive COM Applicable
stations
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Series
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max. 8 stations
VQ2000
Side
C10
C6, C8
Max. 8 stations
U
sid
e
Three lead wires are attached to each station regardless of the
type of valve which is mounted.
The red wire is for COM connection.
(–)
Black
COM(+) Red
SOL.B
(–)
White
Single solenoid
3
2
Lead wire color
SOL.A
1
Lead wire color
SOL.A
D
sid
···
e
···
·
S
ta
tio
ns
Direct electrical entry. Models with one or more stations are
available.
(SUP) and R (EXH) ports are provided on one side for further space
savings.
Maximum stations are 8.
Enclosure: Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series
VQ2000)
(–)
Black
COM(+) Red
SOL.B
(–)
White
Double solenoid
Black: A side solenoid (–)
1
2
D
3
sid
e
Number of
stations
···
···
·
S
ta
tio
U
ns
sid
e
Red: COM (+)
Cable 3 cores x 24AWG
White: B side solenoid (–)
(Not used for single solenoid)
Use any of the following cable lead wire assembly to change the lead wire length:
Lead Wire Assembly with Connector
Lead wire length
0.6 m
1.5 m
3m
Part no.
VVQ1000-84A-6-∗
VVQ1000-84A-15-∗
VVQ1000-84A-30-∗
The total number of stations
is tabulated on the D side.
∗ No. of stations 1 to 8
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1
06 C6
L
1
Cable (Length)
Series
1
2
Cylinder port
VQ1000
VQ2000
Manifold
1
Plug-in unit
Stations
···
1 station
···
01
08
8 stations
Note) For negative common
specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4178.
2-4-150
Option
N
Port size
VQ1000 VQ2000
Symbol
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4 C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6 C8 With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5 thread
M5
(3)
CM With mixed size/with port plug 0 Cable length 0.6 m
1 Cable length 1.5 m
2 Cable length 3 m
Note 1) Insert “L“ (top piping) or “B“ (bottom piping)
for elbow type. (VQ1000 only)
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings for
ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow fittings
and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are available.
For details, refer to page 2-4-179.
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
Option
Symbol
None
Nil
(2)
B With back pressure check valve DIN rail mounting style
D
(3)
1 set of regulator unit
G1
(3)
2 sets of regulator units
G2
(3)
3 sets of regulator units
G3
(4)
With vacuum ejector unit
J
With name plate
N
(5)
External pilot
R
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust Enclosure: Dusttight/Low
W
jetproof type (IP65)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BRS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves for
prevention of back pressure at all manifold
stations. If not all stations need this check valve,
specify the stations where check valves are
installed by the manifold specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of ejector
mounted styles. A combination of “J“ and “N“ is
unavailable.
Note 5) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
Wiring specifications: Negative COM (Option)
Three lead wires are attached to each station regardless of the
type of valve which is mounted.
The black wire is for COM connection.
Lead wire color
Lead wire color
SOL.A
SOL.A
(+)
(+)
Red
Red
COM(–) Black
SOL.B
(+)
COM(–) Black
SOL.B
White
Single solenoid
VV5Q21
Dusttight/Low jetproof type
(+)
White
Double solenoid
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
Red: A side solenoid (+)
VQD
Black: COM (–)
Number of
stations
Cable 3 cores x 24AWG
White: B side solenoid (+)
(Not used for single solenoid)
Lead Wire Assembly with Connector
Lead wire length
0.6 m
1.5 m
3m
Part no.
VVQ1000-84AN-6-∗
VVQ1000-84AN-15-∗
VVQ1000-84AN-30-∗
∗ No. of stations 1 to 8
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for
negative common. For negative common specifications, refer to “Option”
on page 2-4-178.
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
1 0 0
Y
5
Series
Enclosure
VQ1000
VQ2000
Nil
Type of actuation
W
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
Note) VQ2000 only.
Metal seal
Rubber seal
H
Y
U
si
ta de
tio
ns
···
·
S
Yes
None
D
sid
e
E
AC
Note)
—
—
Note) For power consumption of AC type,
refer to page 2-4-129.
Write sequentially from the
1st station on the D side.
When part nos. written
collectively are complicated,
specify by using the manifold
specification sheet.
···
Nil
Function
Specifications
DC
(1.0 W) Standard type
High pressure type (1.5 W) Low wattage type (0.5 W) Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
Note) For external pilot and
negative COM specifications,
refer to “Option” on 2-4-178
to 2-4-179.
Symbol
Nil
1 set–Manifold base no.
2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 4)
1 set–Valve part no. (Station 5)
1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 6)
Manual override
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
B Locking type (Tool required)
C
Locking type (Manual)
Seal
0
1
VV5Q11-06C6L2 ····
∗VQ1100-5 ··········
∗VQ1200-5 ··········
∗VQ1300-5 ··········
∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ···
Coil voltage
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
1
2
3
4
5
Dusttight
Dusttight/Low jetproof Note)
type (IP65)
2
1
2
1
VQ 1
Specify the part numbers for valves and
options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
<Example>
Lead wire kit with cable (3 m)
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
2-4-151
L
VQ0000/1000/2000
Kit (Lead wire cable)
VQ1000
The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
Indicator light
Manual override
Number of
stations
Lead wire
AWG24 x
3 cores
~
=2
Mounting hole for M4
D side
U side
Stations ······ 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ··· 4 ···· 5 ··· 6 ···· 7 ···· n
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
1(P) SUP port
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Formula L1 = 16n + 35, L2 = 16n + 47
1
2
3
4
5
6
39
49.5
60
70.5
81
91.5
L1
48.5
59
69.5
80
90.5
101
L2
75
87.5
87.5
100
112.5
125
(L3)
85.5
98
98
110.5
123
135.5
(L4)
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula L1 = 10.5n + 28.5 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 38 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
L
2-4-152
n: Station (Maximum 8 stations)
7
102
111.5
137.5
148
8
112.5
122
150
160.5
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D].
VQC
Lead wire
AWG24 x 3 cores
SQ
Indicator light
Manual override
VQ0
Mounting hole
for 4-M5
VQ4
VQ5
Number of stations
VQZ
~
=4
VQD
(Dusttight/Low jetproof type)
D side
Stations ···· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ····· 4 ····· 5 ····· 6 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
Number of
stations
Lead wire
AWG24
P = 16
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
1(P) SUP port
Dusttight/Low jetproof type
Lead wire kit
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
1
51
63
87.5
98
Formula L1 = 16n + 35, L2 = 16n + 47
2
67
79
100
110.5
3
83
95
125
135.5
4
99
111
137.5
148
5
115
127
150
160.5
6
131
143
162.5
173
n: Station (Maximum 8 stations)
7
147
159
184.5
198
8
163
175
200
210.5
2-4-153
G 1/2
S
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
IP65 compliant
The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
wiring and saving space.
The system comes in type SA (generic for small scale systems) for
equipment with a small number of I/O points, or 32 points max., type SB
(applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models) for controlling 512 I/O points
max., type SC (applicable to OMRON models), type SD (applicable to
SHARP models: 504 points max.), type SF (applicable to NKE models: 128
points max.), type SJ (applicable to SUNX models), type SK (applicable to
Fuji Electric models), type SQ (applicable to OMRON’s Compo Bus/D), and
type SR (applicable to OMRON’s Compo Bus/S).
Max. 16 stations. (Specify a model with 9 to 16 stations by using the
manifold specification sheet.)
Enclosure: Dusttight, Low jetproof type (IP65) compliant (Series VQ2000)
e
ns
sid
ta
S
·
Dusttight type (-XP)
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Applicable
stations
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Series
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max. 16 stations
VQ2000
Side
C10
C4, C6, C8
Max. 16 stations
Type SB
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
1
2
D
3
sid
e
···
···
G 1/2
prepared hole
VV5Q21
Type SA
With general type SI unit
(Series EX300)
tio
U
VV5Q11
STATION NO.
POWER RUN SD RD ERR
TRD
ù10
24V
0V
S1
LED
S2
SG
R1
R2
FG
24V
LED
Description
TRD
Lighting during data reception
Blinking when
RUN/ERR received data is normal;
Lighting when data reception
0V
SDA SDB
ù1
SG RDA RDB
FG
Description
POWER Lighting when power is turned ON
RUN
Lighting when data transmission
with the master station is normal
RD
SD
Lighting during data reception
Lighting during data transmission
Lighting when reception data error occurs.
ERR. Light turns off when the error is corrected.
M3 screw
Item
Specifications
External power supply
24 VDC +10%, –5%
Note
Stations are counted from station
1 on the D side.
Double wiring (connected to SOL.
A and SOL. B) is adopted for the
internal wiring of each station,
regardless of valve and option
types. The optional specification
permits the mixture of single and
double wiring. For details, refer to
page 2-4-178.
Name of terminal block (LED)
ADDRESS NO.
RUN
ERR
Current consumption SA, SB, SBB, SD, SE, SF1, SH, SG, SJ12,
(Internal unit)
SK, SQ, SR 12, SU, SV: 0.1A SC: 0.3A
• Master station:
• T unit
PLC made by Mitsubishi Electric
Can be connected with PLC I/O card for
Corporation
serial transmission.
Series MELSEC-A
EX300-TMB1···For models of Mitsubishi
AJ71PT32-S3, AJ71T32-S3
Electric Corporation
A1SJ71PT32-S3
EX300-TTA1···For models of OMRON
∗ Max. 64 stations, connected to remote I/O
Corporation
stations (Max. 512 points).
EX300-TFU1···For models of Fuji Electri
• No. of output points, 16 points. No. of sta.
Co., Ltd.
occupied, 2 stations
EX300-TOO1··· For general models
∗ Up to 32 points per unit.
• No. of output points, 16 points
∗ For details on specifications and handling, refer to the separate technical instruction manual.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 1 1
08
C6
Series
VQ1000
VQ2000
Manifold
1
Plug-in unit
Stations
2 stations
16
···
···
02
Note)
Note) For details, refer to
page 2-4-178.
16 stations
Cylinder port
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
C8
M5
CM
Port size
VQ1000 VQ2000
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2 With One-touch fitting for ø4 With One-touch fitting for ø6 With One-touch fitting for ø8
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug (3)
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type. (VQ1000
only).
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch
fittings for ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Specify as “LM” for models with
elbow fittings and mixed cylinder port
sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer
to “Option” on page 2-4-179.
2-4-154
Model
Option
N XP
Dust-protected type
(-XP)
Suffix “-XP“ for the dustprotected type SI units.
(Except SE and SQ)
Without SI unit
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
(2)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
B
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
BB
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (2 power supply lines)
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
C
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
D
Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System
E
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
F1
G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
H
SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
J1
Max. 8
SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points)
J2
stations
Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
K
Max.16
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
Q
stations
R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
Max. 8
R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) stations
Max. 16
JEMANET (JPCN-1)
U
stations
Max. 16
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System
V
stations
O
A
Max.16 stations
1
2
SA
Note 1) The general type requires a transmission unit on CPU
side.
Note 2) SBB kit is usable only for VQ2000 dusttight/low jetproof
type (IP65).
Symbol
Option
VQ1000 VQ2000 Note
None
Nil
(2)
B With back pressure check valve DIN rail mounting style
D
1 set of regulator unit
G1
(3)
2 sets of regulator unit
G2
3 sets of regulator unit
G3
(4)
With vacuum ejector unit
J
wiring specifications
(5)
K Special
(Not double wiring)
With name plate
N
(6)
with external pilot
R
S Built-in silencer, direct exhaust Dust tight/Low jetproof type
W Enclosure:
(IP65) (Except SE)
(8)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -BRS.
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
for prevention of back pressure at all
manifold stations. If not all stations need
this check valve, specify the stations where
check valves are installed by manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) Specify the mounting position in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Refer to page 2-4-170 for the details of
ejector mounted styles. A combination of
“J” and “N” is unavailable.
Note 5) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 6) Indicate “R” for the valve with external pilot.
Note 7) A combination of “W“ and “XP“ is
unavailable.
Note 8) Refer to “Dimensions” on page 2-4-157 for
SI unit and valve, in case of W (dusttight/low
jetproof type).
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
VV5Q21
Dust tight Low jetproof type (-W)
Mixed wiring is available as an option.
Use the manifold specification sheet to specify.
3 4
5
6
7
8
<Wiring example 2>
9
Single
Single
Single
1
2
3
4
5
+
–
FG
24V
RUN
T/R
ERR
Blinks during data transmission/reception
ON when transmission is abnormal.
• Master station unit:
OMRON PLC
SYSMAC C (CV) series
Types C500-RM201 and C200H-RM201
∗ 32 units max., transmission terminal
connection (512 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points
0V
L1
L2
SG
A
A B
VQC
Stations
1
2
3
4
5
SQ
VQ0
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
ù1
L1
L2
SG
Description
ON when power supply is ON
Lights when power is ON and
slave stations are operating normally
Lights
when slave station switch setting
ERROR
is abnormal, communication is abnormal,
PLC stopped and defective slave unit
R.SET
ON for master unit control input
HOLD
LED
POWER
RUN
• Master station unit:
SHARP’s PLC
New Satellite Series W
ZW-31LM
New Satellite Series JW
JW-23LM, JW 31LM
∗ Max. 31 units, I/O slave stations connected
(504 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
5
Series
Enclosure
VQ1000
Nil
VQ2000
W
Dust-protected
Dust tight/Low jetproof
type (IP65)
Note) VQ2000 only.
Type of actuation
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
<Example>
Serial transmission kit
Note)
VV5Q11-08C6SA ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1100-5 ·········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ·········· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ1300-5 ·········· 1 set–Valve part no. (Station 7)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1 ··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 8)
Manual override
B
C
Note) For external pilot and negative
COM specifications, refer to
“Option” on pages 2-4-178 to
2-4-179.
Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
sid
e
Coil voltage
tio
U
ta
S
·
3
2
Function
Symbol Specifications
···
24 VDC; With indicator light/surge
voltage suppressor
D
5
Write sequentially from the
1st station on the D side.
When part nos. written
collectively are complicated,
specify by using the manifold
specification sheet.
1
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Non-locking push type
(Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
Locking type (Manual)
ns
Nil
Seal
0
1
A
How to Order Manifold Assembly
VQ 1 1 0 0 Y
1
2
3
4
5
A B
VQ4
How to Order Valves
1
2
A B
STATION NO.
Description
Lights when transmission is normal
and PLC is in operation mode
LED
7
POWER RUN SD RD ERR
TRD
–
6
Type SD
SHARP Corporation
Satellite I/O Link System
ù10
+
0V
5
Single/Double mixed wiring (Option)
ADDRESS NO.
24V
4
SI unit
sid
e
Note
Name of terminal block (LED)
Type SC
OMRON Corporation
SYSBUS Wire System
2 3
Single
Double
Stations
1
Single
SI unit
Double wiring (Standard)
RUN
ERR
0
SI unit
output no.
UnUnA B A used A used A B
Double
A B
2
Double
1
Double
0
SI unit
output no.
···
<Wiring example 1>
Single
SI unit output and coil numbering
DC
Nil Standard type (1.0 W)
H
High pressure (1.5 W)
type
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
2-4-155
S
VQ1000/2000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
VQ1000
~
=2
The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
Dust tight SI unit
The DWG shows a SB type
(Applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)
(L4)
P = 10.5
Indicator light
Manual
override
~
=2
Mounting hole for
M4
The DWG shows the SA type
(General type)
D side
Stations ···· 1···· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ··· 7 ··· 8 ···· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Vacuum ejector unit style: Formula
L1 = 10.5n + 28.7 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L2 = 10.5n + 56.3 + (Number of ejector units x 26.7)
L4 is L2 plus about 30.
Dimensions
Note) Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita
Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and
Rockwell Automation’s model are the
same with L5, L6 and L7 dimensions
of dustproof SI unit.
2-4-156
L
n
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2
3
4
5
65.5 76
86.5 97
93.5 104
114.5 125
125 125
137.5 150
135.5 135.5 148
160.5
1(P) SUP port
Dust-protected type SI unit: L5 = 10.5n + 97, L6 = L3 + 25, L7 = L4 + 25
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 44.5, L2 = 10.5n + 72.5 n: Station (Maximum16 stations)
6
107.5
135.5
162.5
173
7
118
146
175
185.5
8
128.5
156.5
187.5
198
9
139
167
187.5
198
10
149.5
177.5
200
210.5
11
160
188
212.5
223
12
170.5
198.5
225
235.5
13
181
209
237.5
248
14
191.5
219.5
250
260.5
15
202
230
250
260.5
16
212.5
240.5
262.5
273
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ2000
VQ1000/2000
L11 = L4 + 50
L10 = L3 + 50
L9 = 16n + 131
L8 = 16n + 118.5
100
The broken lines
indicate the DIN rail
mounting style [-D].
SQ
x 10
STATION NO.
x1
127<136.5>
113
SERIAL UNIT
VQC
MODEL
ERR. RD SD RUN
POWER
SB
VQ0
(SI No. EX124-SMB1)
VQ4
VQ5
~
=4
The DWG shows a SB type
(Applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)
VQZ
Dust tight/Low jetproof type (IP65) SI unit
Dusttight SI unit
VQD
Indicator light
P = 16
Manual
override
≅4
Mounting hole for 4-M5
The DWG shows the SA type
(General type)
(Dusttight/Low jetproof type)
D side
Stations ···· 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ···· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
DIN rail clamp screw
< >: AC
P = 16
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
1(P) SUP port
Dust-protected type SI unit: L5 = 16 + 108, L6 = L3 + 25, L7 = L4 + 25
Dusttight/Low jetproof SI unit: L8 = 16n + 118.5, L9 = 16n + 131
L10 = L3 + 50, L11 = L4 + 50
Formula : L1 = 16n + 53, L2 = 16n + 83 n: Stations (Maximum 16 stations)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
293
85
101
117
133
149
165
181
197
213
229
245
261
277
323
115
131
147
163
179
195
211
227
243
259
275
291
307
137.5 162.5 175
187.5 200
225
237.5 250
262.5 287.5 300
312.5 337.5 350
360.5
148
173
185.5 198
210.5 235.5 248
260.5 273
298
310.5 323
348
Note) Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and Rockwell Automation’s model are the same
L6 and L7 dimensions of dustproof SI unit.
16
309
339
362.5
373
with L5,
2-4-157
M
VQ2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
MIL flat cable connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connection.
Manifold and connectors, both compliant with the IP65 rating
(dusttight, low jetproof), provide a high degree of protection for the
electrical parts.
Maximum stations are 24.
VQ2000 only
VV5Q21
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R) 4(A), 2(B)
Side
VQ2000
C10
C4, C6, M8
Applicable
stations
Max. 24 stations
Circular Connector (26 pins)
Cable assembly AXT100-MC26-
015
030
050
Circular Connector Cable
Assembly Terminal No.
Circular connector assembly included in a specific manifold model no.
specific manifold model no. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
Multi-core vinyl cable
0.3 mm2 x 25C
Cable
Assembly part no.
Note
length (L)
1.5 m AXT100-MC26-015
Cable 25 core
AXT100-MC26-030
3m
x 24AWG
AXT100-MC26-050
5m
Item
Characteristics
65
Conductor resistance
or less
Ω/km, 20°C
Voltage limit
V, 1 min, AC
1000
Insulation resistance
MΩkm, 20°C
5 or more
L
~
= ø10
Circular Connector Cable Assembly (Option) Electric Characteristics
60
Note) The minimum bending
radius
of
circular
connector cable is 20
mm.
30
Plug terminal no.
1
15
14
16
17
24 13
3
25
18
23
4
12
19 26 22
5
11
20 21
2
6
10
7
8
Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
1
None
Black
2
None
Brown
3
None
Red
4
None
Orange
5
None
Yellow
6
None
Pink
7
None
Blue
8
White
Purple
9
Black
Gray
10
Black
White
11
Red
White
12
Red
Yellow
13
Red
Orange
14
Black
Yellow
15
Black
Pink
16
White
Blue
17
None
Purple
18
None
Gray
19
Black
Orange
20
White
Red
21
White
Brown
22
Red
Pink
23
Red
Gray
24
White
Black
25
None
White
26
None
White
9
Socket side
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 2 1
08 C6
M
N W
1
Series
2
Option
Cable (Length)
VQ2000
0
1
2
3
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
Cylinder port
Manifold
1
Plug-in unit
Stations
···
2 stations
···
02
24
24 stations
Note) For details, refer
to page 2-4-178.
2-4-158
Enclosure
IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)
Symbol
C4
C6
C8
CM
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
With One-touch fitting for ø8
With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Insert “L” (top piping) or “B” (bottom
piping) for elbow type.
Example) B6 (Elbow One-touch fittings
for ø6, bottom piping.)
Note 2) Indicate “LM” for models with elbow
fittings and mixed cylinder port sizes.
Note 3) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” in
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Inch-size One-touch fittings are
available. For details, refer to page 27-179.
Note
Option
Symbol
None
Nil
B With back pressure check valve (2)
DIN rail mounting
D
Special wiring specifications
(3)
K
(Not double wiring)
N
With name plate
(4)
R
External pilot
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
specified, indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -BKR
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check
valves for prevention of back pressure
at all manifold stations.
Note 3) If not all stations need this check valve,
specify the stations where check
valves are installed by using the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 4) Specify the wiring by using of the
manifold specification sheet.
Indicate “R” for the valve with external
pilot.
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
U
sid
e
Plug-in Unit Series
S
ta
tio
ns
VQC
2
3
D
sid
e
SQ
1
Electrical
VQ0
wiring specifications
Circular connector cable assembly
015
AXT100-MC26- 030 Wire Color
VQ4
050
Terminal no. Polarity Lead wire colorDot marking
SOL.A 1
None
(+) Black
(–)
SOL.B 2
None
(+) Brown
(–)
SOL.A 3
None
(+) Red
(–)
SOL.B 4
None
(+) Orange
(–)
SOL.A 5
None
(+) Yellow
(–)
SOL.B 6
None
Pink
(+)
(–)
SOL.A 7
None
Blue
(+)
(–)
SOL.B 8
White
(+) Purple
(–)
SOL.A 9
Black
(+) Gray
(–)
SOL.B 10
Black
(+) White
(–)
SOL.A 11
Red
(+) White
(–)
SOL.B 12
Red
(+) Yellow
(–)
SOL.A 13
Red
(+) Orange
(–)
SOL.B 14
Black
(+) Yellow
(–)
SOL.A 15
Black
Pink
(+)
(–)
SOL.B 16
White
Blue
(+)
(–)
SOL.A 17
None
(+) Purple
(–)
SOL.B 18
None
(+) Gray
(–)
SOL.A 19
Black
(+) Orange
(–)
SOL.B 20
White
(+) Red
(–)
SOL.A
White
(+) Brown
(–)
21
SOL.B
Red
Pink
(+)
(–)
22
SOL.A
Red
(+) Gray
(–)
23
SOL.B
White
(+) Black
(–)
24
COM. 25
None
(–) White
(+)
COM. 26
None
(–) White
(+)
1 station {
VV5Q11
15
23
1
2
16
17
3
25
18
22
26
sid
e
14
24
U
13
ta
tio
ns
12
S
11
19
3 stations {
4
5
21 20
10
2 stations {
4 stations {
6
8
7
5 stations {
2
3
D
sid
e
9
1
As the standard electrical wiring
specifications, double wiring
(connected to SOL. A and SOL.
B) is adopted for the internal
wiring of each station for 12
stations or less, regardless of
valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is
available as an option. For details,
refer to page 2-7-178.
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
9 stations {
10 stations {
11 stations {
12 stations {
(Max.)
Note)
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
VQ 2 1 0 0 Y
5
<Example>
IP (Dusttight/
Low jetproof type) Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
VQ2000
Manual override
Type of actuation
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
Nil
Non-locking push type
(Tool required)
B
C
Locking type (Tool required)
Locking type (Manual)
Light/Surge voltage suppressor
Yes
None
U
sid
E
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
e
Nil
VV5Q21-09C6M2-W··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ2100-5w ··········· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ2200-5w············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 6)
∗VQ2300-5w············ 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
∗VVQ2000-10A-1····· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
tio
ta
—
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
—
Y
Note) For external pilot and
negative
COM
specifications, refer to
“Option” on 2-4-178
to 2-4-179.
sid
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
e
S
High
H pressure type (1.5 W)
1
3
5
6
D
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0 W)
Nil
Note)
type
3
Metal seal
Rubber seal
2
0
1
Function
ns
Coil voltage
Seal
When ordering, specify the
part nos. in order from the 1st
station in the D side. When
part nos. written collectively
are complicated, specify by
using
the
manifold
specification sheet.
1
1
2
3
4
5
Specify the part numbers for valves and options
together beneath the manifold base part number.
W Enclosure
Series
2
Negative
Positive
common
common
specifications specifications
Note) When using the negative common
specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-178.)
For details, refer to “Option” on page 2-4-178.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from station
one on the D side.
3m
Note) For power consumption of
AC type, refer to page 2-4129.
2-4-159
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
M
VQ2000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
VQ2000
The broken lines indicate the DIN rail mounting style [-D] and the side entry connection [-FS].
(L4)
(L3)
L2
<82>
76
29.5
(5.2)
L1
CONINVERS
HC-26P1NRAWF00
59
6.5
34.5
Manual
override
Indicator light
1
(12)
(5.5)
10.6
~
=4
46.2
(35)
80
22
<136.5>
127
Mounting hole for
4-M5
13
73.5
D side
Stations ······ 1 ···· 2 ···· 3 ···· 4 ···· 5 ···· 6 ·····7 ····· 8 ····· n
U side
2-C10
R (EXH) port
2-C10
P (SUP) port
47
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting for ø8
P = 16
65
(7.5)
(12)
49
31.6
24.5
16
9.5
DIN rail clamp screw
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2-4-160
2
109.5
132.5
162.5
173
Formula L1 = 16n + 77.5, L2 = 16n + 100.5
3
125.5
148.5
175
185.5
4
141.5
164.5
187.5
198
5
157.5
180.5
200
210.5
6
173.5
196.5
225
235.5
7
189.5
212.5
237.5
248
8
205.5
228.5
250
260.5
n: Station (Maximum 12 stations)
9
221.5
244.5
275
285.5
10
237.5
260.5
287.5
298
11
253.5
276.5
300
310.5
12
269.5
292.5
312.5
323
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
2-4-161
S
VQ2000
Kit (Serial transmission kit) for I/O IP65 compliant
VQ2000 only
Applicable network DeviceNet/PROFIBUS-DP
The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
wiring and saving space.
SI unit for DeviceNet/PROFIBUS
Input block
As a slave for DeviceNet/PROFIBUS, it is possible to control ON/OFF
of a solenoid valve with the maximum of 32 points. Furthermore, by
connecting a discrete input block, it is possible to input the sensor
signal for 32 points at the maximum.
Meaning of an expansion block, connecting with SI unit, for sensorinputting for auto switches, etc. Sensor-input is available up to 8 per one
input block. By the NPN/PNP switch, it is able to adjust COM to sensor.
SI unit
Input block
If there is an input block, it comes with bracket.
VQ2000 IP65, Applicable to Input/Output, Serial Transmission Type
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q21
08 C6
SD
QW 1
N W
Enclosure
IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)
VQ2000
Plug-in series
Option
Stations
···
1 station
···
01
Option
Symbol
None
Nil
With back pressure check valve
B
DIN rail mounting style
D
Special wiring specifications
K
(Not double wiring)
N
With name plate
R
External pilot
16
16 stations
SI unit mounting
D: D side
mounting
Cylinder port
Symbol
C4
C6
C8
CM
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
With One-touch fitting for ø8
With mixed size/with port plug
Note) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically.
Example: -DNR
Input block COM
Model
0W
QW
NWN
Without SI unit
+COM
DeviceNet
–COM
PROFIBUS-DP
Note) Only +COM is available for
DeviceNet. Order a mounting valve
with +COM.
Since PROFIBUS is –COM only,
order –COM for valves to be
mounted.
2-4-162
Nil
N
PNP(+) or SI/Input block: None
NPN (–)
Input block
Nil
0
1
2
3
4
SI unit/Input block: None
Input block: None
Input block 1 pc.
Input block 2 pcs.
Input block 3 pcs.
Input block 4 pcs.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ2000
Details in Connector
Input block
SI Unit (DeviceNet)
SI UNIT
PWR(V)
PWR
MOD/NET
Communication connector (PROFIBUS-DP): Made by
CONINVERS GmbH RC-2RS1N12 12 pins
Cable side connector example: Made by Siemens AG
6ES5 760-2CB11
SI Unit (PROFIBUS-DP)
Communication
connector
Function
Number Description
1
4632
SETTINGS
Power source
connector
Input connector
9
1
12
2
6
4
M5V
2
A
4
B
6
+5V
Terminal +5 V
9
SIELD
Shield ground
12
Input connector: M12 5 pins (XS2F compatible made by OMRON
Corp.) x 8 pcs.
Cable side connector example: XS2G made by OMRON Corp.
Number Description
2
1
3
4
5
1
SW+
2
N.C.
Function
Sensor power supply +
Open ∗
3
SW–
Sensor power supply –
4
SIGNAL
5
PE
Signal-N
Signal-P
Optical fiber (Reserve)
RTS
Pin no. 3, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11 marked with are
open.
∗ Connector’s shape and pin assignment is interchangeable with
ET200C made by Siemens AG.
Power source connector: Series 723 (made by Franz Binder GmbH)
5 pins (72309-0115-80-05)
Cable side connector example: Franz Binder GmbH 72309-0114-70-15,
etc.
4
2
1
5
∗ No. 2 pin of the input no. 0, 2, 4, 6 connector (connectors aligned in the right side on
the input block) is connected internally with no. 4 pin (sensor input no.) of the input
no. 1, 3, 5, 7 respectively. Thereby, it is possible to directly input 2 points which is
bundled into 1 cable by the cluster connector, etc.
Input no.: 1, 3, 5, 7
1
2
3
4
5
1
SV24V
For solenoid valve +24 V
2
SV0V
For solenoid valve 0 V
3
PE
4
SW24V
5
SW0V
Protective ground
<DeviceNet> For input block +24 V,
<Profibus or Interbus> For input unit and SI unit +24 V
<DeviceNet> For input block 0 V,
<Profibus or Interbus> For input unit and SI unit 0 V
Communication connector (DeviceNet): M12 5 pins (for DeviceNet
compliant)
Example of corresponding cable assemblies with connector: OMRON
Corporation: DCA1-5CN05F1 Karl Lumberg GmbH & Co. KG: RKT5-56
Function
Number Description
3
2
5
Caution
When an enclosure equivalent to IP65 is required, place a waterproof cover on
the unused input connector. As for waterproof cover, order it separately.
Example: OMRON Corp. XS2Z-12
4
1
Drain/Shield
1
Drain
2
V+
Circuit power supply +
3
V–
Circuit power supply –
4
CAN_H
Signal H
5
CAN_L
Signal L
Item conforming to Micro Style connector in
DeviceNet specifications.
Indicator Unit (LED) Descriptions and Functions
SI Unit (PROFIBUS-DP)
Input block
0
2
PWR 4
6
TM
PWR(V)
PWR(V)
PWR MOD/NET
RUN
1
3
5
7
ADDRESS
1
H
4632
L
SETTINGS
DIA
PS
PS
PWR(V)
PWR
MOD/NET
BF
FB
FB
Description
Function
ON when solenoid valve power supply is turned ON
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
Function
Number Description
3
Protective sensor ground
SI Unit (DeviceNet)
VQC
∗ Din type 5 pins.
Sensor input signal
Connector input no.: 0, 2, 4, 6
SW +
1
SIGNAL–n+1
2
SW–
3
SIGNAL-n
4
PE
5
GND Terminal
1
Description
Function
ON when DeviceNet circuit power supply input is turned ON
ON when solenoid valve power supply is turned ON
PWR
OFF when the power supply voltage is less than 19 V
OFF: Power supply off, off line, or when checking duplication of MAC_ID
RUN ON when operating (SI unit power supply is ON)
Green blinking: Waiting for connection (On line)
DIA
ON when self-diagnosis device detects abnormality
Green ON: Connection established (On line)
BF
ON for BUS abnormality
Function
ON when sensor power is turned ON
PWR OFF when short circuit protection
is working
0 to 7 ON when each sensor input goes ON
Description
Red blinking: Connection time out (Minor communication abnormality occurs)
Red ON: MAC_ID duplication error, or BUSOFF error
(Major communication abnormality occurs)
2-4-163
VQD
S
VQ2000
Kit (Serial transmission kit) for I/O IP65 compliant
VV5Q21S kit
(Serial transmission kit: EX240)
L2 (In the case of DI unit, 1 pc: 8 number of inputs)
14.6
8.1
L1
(143)
P = 16
Indicator light
Manual override
34.5
16.5
1
6.5
Mounting hole for 4-M5
If there is an input block,
it comes with bracket.
10.5
~
=4
80
SMC
120
127
54
Min. 0 to Max. 4
unit
(0 to 216 mm)
DI unit
D side
U side
1.6
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
2-4-164
2
68.5
218
24.5
16
9.5
13.2
49
73.7
75.5
61.5
8
23
Stations ··· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ···· n
C10
R (EXH) port
2n-C4, C6, C8
C4: ø4 One-touch fitting
C6: ø6 One-touch fitting
C8: ø8 One-touch fitting
C10
P (SUP) port
Formula L1 = 16n + 36.5, L2 = 16n + 186 (In the case of 1 pc. DI unit, 54 mm will be added for increasing every 1 pcs.)
3
84.5
234
4
100.5
250
5
116.5
266
6
132.5
282
7
148.5
298
8
164.5
314
9
180.5
330
10
196.5
346
11
212.5
362
12
228.5
378
13
244.5
394
14
260.5
410
15
276.5
426
n: Station
16
292.5
442
Series VQ2000
VQ2000 Only
Sub-plate Single Unit
How to Order
Valve +
Conforming to
IP65 in standard specifications
Sub-plate
VQ2 1 0 0
SQ
VQ4
Thread type
Enclosure
Dust tight
Nil
VQ0
5 W 02
Entry is the same as
standard products.
Easy-to-use terminal block
VQC
Note)
Nil
Rc
N
NPT
T
NPTF
F
G
VQ5
VQZ
IP65 (Dust tight/Low jetproof type)
W
Note) Valves are IP65 specifications.
VQD
With and without sub-plate
Terminal
block
Nil
Without sub-plate
02
With sub-plate (Port size: 1/4)
In the case of sub-plate alone
VQ2000 – PW – 02
Dimensions
89.4
2-ø4.5
(Mounting hole)
Manual override
(A port)
4
(43.8)
10.5 10.5 (B port)
37
45
Indicator light
5
VQ210 01 -
121 (DC)
130.1 (AC)
22.4
15.5
(86.3) (AC)
(77.1) (DC)
Clamp screw
G3/8
Electrical entry
(A, B port)
20
25
25
12
15.4
25
70.7
78.5 (AC)
72.6 (DC)
M5 x 0.8
External pilot port
14.5
39.1
53.6
5 1/4
P, A, B, R1, R2 port
2.5
19.5
5
43.8
2-4-165
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ1000-10A-1
JIS Symbol
It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being
prepared for removing a valve for maintenance
reasons or planning to mount a spare valve, etc.
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ1000-P-1-C6
Individual SUP spacer
SUP block plate
C6 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
Shut off label
A label indicating the SUP passage
blocking position is to be adhered.
SUP block plate
Individual
SUP spacer
Valve
Stations
2
Valve
U side
ide
Us
ide
Ds
Description/Model
C6 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
Single
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ1000-R-1-C6
Shut off label
3
4
5
6
7
EXH shut off position: Specify 2 places.
Individual EXH spacer
+
EXH block base assembly
A label indicating the SUP
ide passage blocking position
Us
is to be adhered.
1
···
Individual EXH spacer
Valve
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ1000-R-1-C6
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station.
(See example)
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as the EXH
block base or EXH block plate position on the EXH
passage
manifold specification sheet. The block plate are blocked
used in two places for one set. (Two EXH block
EXH block
plates for blocking EXH station are attached to the
base assembly
individual EXH spacer.)
∗ An EXH block base assembly is used in the
blocking position when ordering an EXH spacer
incorporated with a manifold no. However, do not
order an EXH block base assembly because it is
attached to the spacer.
When separately ordering an individual EXH
spacer, separately order an EXH block base
assembly because it is not attached to the spacer.
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual EXH spacer is
mounted.
Valve
D side
Option
When the same manifold is to be used for different
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP
ports for different pressures. (One station space is
occupied.)
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.)
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP
block plate position on the manifold specification SUP block plate
sheet.
The block plate are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates for blocking SUP station
are attached to the individual SUP spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual SUP spacer is
mounted.
D side
Valve
e
id
Ds
Valve
+
EXH block base assembly
(Not to be
ordered)
Valve
(Not to be
U side
ordered)
SUP block plate
VVQ1000-16A
When different pressures, high and low, are supplied
to one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
Shut off label
ide
Us
ide
<Shut off label>
Ds
When using block plates for SUP passage, indication
label for confirmation of the blocking position from
outside is attached. (One label of each)
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to
the manifold.
SUP passage block
JIS Symbol
Blanking plate with connector
VVQ1000-1CLead wire length (mm)
VV5Q11
Connector
Nil Without connector
1 With connector/2-wire
2 With connector/4-wire
20
25
30
2000
2500
3000
Blanking plate with a connector for individually outputting
electricity to drive a single valve or equipment that are not
on the manifold base.
∗ When “N” is suffixed to the nameplate, the plate will be
different from a standard shape.
Note) Electric current should be 1A or less. (Including the
mounted valves. )
2-4-166
Lead wire length: L
Blanking plate
with connector
Lead wire color: Black
Lead wire color: Red
Lead wire color: White
Connector on the power
supply side is not attached.
43 4-wire
44 2-wire
24AWG
Cover O.D. ø1.5
Power supply side
1
Nil 300
6
600
10 1000
15 1500
Connector assembly part no.
AXT661- 43 A- 6
Blanking plate side
Style of
manifold
SUP/EXH passage blocked
Connector
assembly
Nil
6
10
20
30
300 mm
600 mm
1000 mm
2000 mm
3000 mm
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000
EXH block base assembly
F
VVQ1000-19A- PL - (C3, C4, C6, M5)
Manifold block assembly
Electrical entry
F1
F2
F3
P1
P2
P3
L0 ∗
L1 ∗
L2 ∗
For F kit (2 to 12 stations)/Double wiring
For F kit (13 to 24 stations)/Double wiring
For F kit (2 to 24 stations)/Single wiring
For P, G, T, S kit (2 to 12 stations)/Double wiring
For P, G, T, S kit (13 to 24 stations)/Double wiring
For P, G, T, S kit (2 to 24 stations)/Single wiring
L0 kit
∗ 1 to 8 stations
L1 kit
L2 kit
The manifold block assembly is used between stations for
which exhaust is desired to be divided when valve exhaust
affects other stations due to the circuit configuration. The EXH
passage on the D-side is blocked in the EXH block base
assembly. It is also used in combination with an individual
EXH spacer for individual exhaust.
<Blocking indication label>
EXH block
base assembly
U side
Shut off label
U
EXH
passage blocked
Solid forming
side
VQC
SQ
ide
Ds
VQ0
VQ4
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold specification
sheet.
∗ When ordering by using the manifold specification form,
specify the EXH block base assembly no. by adding
suffix “∗” below the manifold no.
When blocking the EXH passage with an EXH block base
assembly, indication label for confirmation of the blocking
position from outside is attached. (One label for each)
∗ When ordering a EXH block base incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to the
manifold.
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
EXH passage blocked
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B]
VVQ1000-18A
SUP/EXH passage blocked
* When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “-B” to the manifold no.
2 pcs. in 1 set
It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve
exhaust. Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold side of a
valve which is affected. It is effective when a single action
cylinder is used or an exhaust center type solenoid valve is
used.
Note) When a check valve for back pressure prevention is
desired, and is to be installed only in certain manifold
stations, write clearly the part no. and specify the
number of stations by using the manifold specification
sheet.
(Precautions)
1. The back pressure check valve
assembly is assembly parts with a
check valve structure. However, as
slight air leakage is allowed for the back
pressure, take care the exhaust air will
not be throttled at the exhaust port.
2. When a back pressure check valve is
mounted, the effective area of the valve
will decrease, by about 20%.
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “-N” to the manifold no.
Name plate [-N]
VVQ1000- N
NC N-Station (1 to Max. stations)
P = 10.5
N: Standard
NC: For mounting
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates
blanking plate
solenoid valve function, etc.
with connector
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend
it as shown in the figure.
∗ When the blanking plate with connector is mounted, it
automatically will be “VVQ1000-NC-n” with an option
symbol [-N]
Stations
Note) ( ): For VVQ1000-NC-n
Dimensions
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings)
KQ2P-
D side
Black screw
23
04
06
08
Applicable fittings
size ød
3.2
4
6
8
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports.
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Model
A
L
D
KQ2P-23
KQ2P-04
KQ2P-06
KQ2P-08
16
16
18
20.5
31.5
32
35
39
3.2
6
8
10
∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a manifold,
indicate “CM” for the port size in the manifold no., as
well as, the mounting position and number of stations
and cylinder port mounting positions, A and B, on the
manifold specification sheet.
∗ Lightly screw an M3 screw in the port plug hole and
pull it for removal.
Port plug
VVQ0000-58A
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port
valve as a 3 port valve.
Hole
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
indicate “L” or “B” for the manifold port size. (When
installed in all stations.)
~
=40
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
manifold.
When installing it in part of the manifold stations, specify the
assembly no. and the mounting position and number of
stations by means of the manifold specification sheet.
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly on the edge of
manifold station and a silencer on EXH port, select a
silencer, AN203-KM8.
Silencer (AN200-KB8) is interfered with fittings.
~
=13.5
Elbow fitting assembly
VVQ1000-F-L (C3, C4, C6, M5)
Downward
Upward
2-4-167
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “D” to the manifold no.
DIN rail mounting bracket
VVQ1000-57A
It is used for mounting a manifold on a DIN rail. The DIN
rail mounted bracket is fixed to the manifold end plate.
(The specification is the same as that for the option
“-D”.)
1 set of DIN rail mounting bracket is used for 1 manifold
(2 DIN rail mounting brackets).
DIN rail clamp screw
Mounting screws are attached
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “S” to the manifold no.
Exhaust port
Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S]
This is a type with an exhaust port a top the manifold
end plate. The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent
noise suppression effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated
in the air source results in exhaust of air
together
with
drainage.
For
maintenance, refer to page 2-4-176.
2 stations matching fitting assembly
VVQ1000-52A-C8
~
=18.3
~
=3
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two
stations are operated to double the flow rate. This
assembly for the cylinder port is used in that case. The
assembly is equipped with One-touch fittings for a ø8 bore.
∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”.
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching fitting assembly
no., and specify the number of stations and positions by
means of the manifold specifications.
∗ In 2 station matching fitting assembly, a special clip
which is combined in one-piece of 2 stations is attached
as a holding clip.
Regulator unit
VVQ1000-AR-1
Ambient and fluid temp.
Fluid
0.8 MPa
0.05 to 0.7 MPa
5 to 50°C
Air
Cracking pressure
Structure
Applicable
fittings
size ød
VQ1000
8
Indicate an option symbol “-G”∗ for the manifold no. and be
sure to specify the mounting position and number of stations
by means of the manifold specification form. One unit is
counted as one station and occupies a space for three
stations, therefore, pay attention to the manifold size.
The regulator valve unit, to which no wire is connected, valves
can be mounted up to the standard max. number of stations of
each kit.
How to order manifold
VV5Q11-14C6FUO-DG2
0.02 MPa
Relieving type
Pressure gauge
G27-10-01
Pressure
control screw
Model
A
L
D
AN200-KM8 59
AN203-KM8 32
78
51
22
16
Flow Characteristics
Number of regulator units (2)
(Max. 3 units)
Number of manifold
stations
Number of mounted
valves (12)
+
Number of regulator units (2)
(mm2)
20
14
30
25 ∗
Conditions:
Inlet pressure 0.7 MPa
pressure 0.7 MPa
Conditions (Initial setting) Inlet
Outlet pressure 0.2 MPa
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
SUP port on
U side is plugged
(dB)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Pressure
characteristics
With regulator unit
Effective Noise
area reduction
Initial setting
value
Outlet pressure (MPa)
Specifications
Set pressure range
Series
• How to Order
The regulator controls the SUP air pressure in a
manifold. Supply air from D side SUP port is regulated.
SUP port on U side is plugged.
Maximum operating pressure
Dimensions
~
=A
This silencer is to be inserted into the EXH port (Onetouch fittings) of the common exhaust type
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly (VVQ1000-FL) on the edge of manifold station, select a silencer,
AN203-KM8.
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings.
Outlet pressure (MPa)
Silencer (For EXH port)
C8 (SUP) port
One-touch fitting for ø8
Inlet pressure (MPa)
D side
Regulator unit
Valve
U side
Caution
Counted as one station.
2-4-168
• Pressure setting
Check the supply pressure and then turn the pressure control
screw to set the secondary pressure. Turning the screw
clockwise will increase the secondary pressure while turning it
counterclockwise decrease the pressure. (Set the pressure by
turning the screw in the increase direction.)
• Installation
Since some level of the actuator’s operational frequency may
lead to a sharp pressure change, pay attention to the pressure
gauge durability.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000
Double check block (Separated type): For VQ1000
VQ1000-FPG-
(Check valve operation principle)
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double
check block with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3
position exhaust center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder
to stop in the middle or maintain its position for a long time.
The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve
will permit this block to be used for preventing the dropping at
the cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual pressure is
released.
.
Specifications
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temp.
Flow characteristics: C
Max. operating frequency
0.8 MPa
0.15 MPa
–5 to 50°C
0.60 dm3/(s·bar)
180 CPM
Cylinder pressure
VQC
SQ
Note) Based on JIS B 8375-1981
(Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa)
To
SUP side pressure (P1)
CY
Lp
VQ4
ort
VVQ1000-FPG-02 1 set
∗ VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D 2 pcs.
Dimensions
VQ0
VQ5
VQZ
Single unit
Manifold
VQD
2n-C4, C6
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
~
= 4.5
Mounting hole
for M3
Mounting hole
for M2.5
~
= 4.5
2-C4, C6
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
Residual pressure release
manual override
Residual pressure release
manual override
2-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Dimensions
L
L
Formula L1 = 11n + 20 n: Station (Maximum 24)
n
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
L1 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 141
L2 50 62.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5
L3 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173
DIN rail clamp screw
D side Stations ···· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3
U side
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
12
152
175
185.5
n 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 163 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 251 262 273 284
L2 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L3 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5
How to Order
Double check block
2 position
VQ1000-FPG- C4 M5
IN side port size
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
Manifold
VVQ1000-FPG- 06
Option
F
Nil
OUT side port size
M5
C3
C4
C6
M5 thread
One-touch fitting for ø3.2
One-touch fitting for ø4
One-touch fitting for ø6
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
<Example>
16 16 stations
VVQ1000-FPG-06··6 types of manifold
∗VQ1000-FPG-C4M5-D, 3 sets Double Check block
∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D, 3 sets
Bracket Assembly
Part no.
Tightening torque
VQ1000-FPG-FB 0.22 to 0.25 N·m
F
<Example>
3 position
exhaust center
None
With bracket
DIN rail mounting
style (For manifold)
Name plate
N
Note) When two or more symbols
are specified, indicate them
alphabetically. Example) -DN
D
Caution
Drop
Intermediate
• Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and prevention
stops
cylinder or from the fittings will prevent the
cylinder from stopping for a long time. Check the
leakage using neutral household detergent, such
as dish washing soap. Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod packing for air leakage.
• Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with M5 thread) is recommended when stopping
the cylinder in the middle for a long time.
• Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or pressure center solenoid valve will not work.
• M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated into the double check block. After screwing in the M5 fittings,
mount the assembly on the double check block. {Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
• If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled too much, the cylinder may not operate properly and may
not stop intermediately.
• Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure will be within two times that of the supply pressure.
2-4-169
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000/2000
Manifold Option/Vacuum Ejector Unit: VQ1000
Specifications
A vacuum ejector unit can be mounted on the manifold base for a
solenoid valve. Instead of mounting the valve and vacuum ejector unit
separately, this option reduces piping, wiring and creates additional
space savings.
U side
D side
Unit no.
Note 1) SUP and EXH ports on the
vacuum
ejector
unit
manifold base are arranged
on D side alone. The end
plate on the U side is the
same as that used in the L
kit.
Note 2) Individual piping is provided
for the supply and exhaust
ports of the vacuum ejector
unit.
Note 3) The manifold with an
vacuum ejector unit type is
mounted from the U side.
Note 4) One vacuum ejector unit
corresponds to one station.
∗ Specify the position of
stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
VVQ1000-J--A VVQ1000-J--B
Nozzle diameter (mm)
0.7
Max. suction flow rate N (l/min)
11
1.0
20
–630 mmHg
Max. vacuum pressure
0.8 MPa
Max. operating pressure
Standard supply pressure
0.5 MPa
Operating temperature
5 to 50°C
Maximum Number of Ejector Units
(Max. number of ejector units is subject to the number of valve stations.)
Max. number of mounted valves
Max. number of
ejector units
F, P, T kit
S, G, J kit
L kit
1
11(20)
7(14)
7
2
10(16)
6(12)
6
3
9(12)
5(10)
5
4
8(8)
4(8)
—
5
4(4)
3(4)
—
Note) The max. number of mounted valves applies to double wiring.
Parenthesized numbers apply to single wiring. Please contact SMC for
conditions other than the above or mixed wiring.
Dimensions
Manual override for
supply valve
Manual override for
release valve
Ejector valve
Throttle valve
(Release flow)
Vacuum pressure switch
Indicator light
Air supply
valve
Vacuum
release valve
Ejector EXH port
Ejector SUP port
Vacuum port
How to Order
VV5Q11-05C6FUO-J P 1 S
Vacuum switch
Nil
P
None
With
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated
alphabetically.
Ejection unit
1 to 5
2-4-170
Example) VV5Q11-05C6FUO-JP1····1 set–Manifold part no.
∗VQ1100-5 ·············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 2)
∗VQ1200-5 ·············· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 3 to 4)
∗VVQ1000-J1-5-A ··· 1 set–Ejector valve part no.
∗ZSE1-00-15-CL ····· 1 set–Vacuum switch part no.
Note 1) Count one ejector unit as one manifold station.
Note 2) The ejector unit is mounted next to the U-side end plate.
Note 3) The U-side end plate is used exclusively for ejector units.
(Without P and R port)
Note 4) The dimension of manifold with an ejector unit is different from
the standard dimension. See the formula for calculating the
dimensions for each kit.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
How to Order Vacuum Ejector Valves
VVQ1000
J 1
5 H C
Specifications
A
Symbol
A
B
Manifold
1
Plug-in unit
1
2
3
4
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
5
6
9
00
15
Nil Non-locking push type
B Locking type (Tool required)
C Locking type (Manual)
Nil
L
C
CL
CN
NPN/1 setting, 3 revolution adjustment
NPN/1 setting, 200° adjustment
NPN/2 setting, 3 revolution adjustment
NPN/2 setting, 200° adjustment
NPN/1 setting, 3 revolution adjustment, analog
NPN/1 setting, 200° adjustment, analog
Lead wire length
• Without lead wire (Connector 1 pc., Socket 4 pcs.) ····· ZS-20-A
• With lead wire ····························································· ZS-20-5A-50
Nil
30
50
Flow/Exhaust Characteristics of Ejector Unit
Nozzle Diameter ø0.7
Exhaust Characteristics
0.6 m
3m
5m
(The flow characteristics are for
the supply pressure of 0.5 MPa.)
Flow Characteristics
Suction flow rate
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
Air consumption N (l/min)
Vacuum pressure
Air consumption
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
Supply pressure (MPa)
Flow Characteristics
Nozzle Diameter ø1.0
Supply pressure (MPa)
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)
Suction flow rate
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
Air consumption N (l/min)
Vacuum pressure (mmHg)
Vacuum pressure
Air consumption
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQD
Grommet type, Lead wire length 0.6 m
Grommet type, Lead wire length 3 m
Connector type, Lead wire length 0.6 m
Connector type, Lead wire length 3 m
Without connector Note)
Note) When ordering the switch with 5 m lead wire length,
order separately the switch without connector and
the connector. (Refer to below.) Besides, as for
details, refer to the Vacuum Equipment catalog.
How to order connectors
VQC
VQZ
CL
Wiring specifications
Switch/Voltage (Solid state: 12 to 24 VDC)
14
15
16
17
18
19
With
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0W)
(1)
Nil
type
High pressure (1.5 W)
—
H
type
Low wattage (0.5W)
—
Y
type
—
N Negative
COM
Note 1) For power consumption of AC type, refer to page 2-4-129.
Note 2) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate them
alphabetically.
24 VDC
12 VDC
Others
How to Order Vacuum Pressure Switches
ZSE1
ø0.7
ø1.0
Vacuum
release valve
Manual override
Function
Coil voltage
Nozzle
diameter
Suction flow rate N (l/min)
2-4-171
Base Mounted
Series
VQ2000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ2000
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ2000-10A-1
JIS Symbol
It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being
prepared for removing a valve for maintenance reasons
or planning to mount a spare valve, etc.
Individual
SUP spacer
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ2000-P-1-C8
When the same manifold is to be used for different
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP
ports for different pressures. (One station space is
occupied.)
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.)
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP block
plate position on the manifold specification sheet.
The block plate are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates for blocking SUP station are
attached to the individual SUP spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual SUP spacer is
mounted.
C8 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø8
Valve
SUP block plate
Individual Valve
SUP spacer
Valve
U side
Shut off label
5(R)
A label indicating the SUP passage 1(P)
blocking position is to be adhered. 3(R2)
ide
Us
SUP block plate
ide
Ds
EXH block plate
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ2000-R-1-C8
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station.
(See example)
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as the EXH
block base or EXH block plate position on the
manifold specification sheet. The block plates are
used in two places for one set. (Two EXH block
plates for blocking EXH station are attached to the
individual EXH spacer.)
∗ Electric wiring is connected to the position of the
manifold station where the individual EXH spacer is
mounted.
SUP block plate
D side
D side
Valve
EXH block plate
Individual
Valve
EXH spacer
Valve
U side
Individual EXH spacer
C8 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø8
ide
Us
EXH block
plate
ide
Ds
Shut off label
A label indicating the EXH passage
blocking position is to be adhered.
SUP block plate
VVQ2000-16A
Shut off label
When different pressures, high and low, are supplied to
one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted between
the stations under different pressures.
ide
Us
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
ide
Ds
<Blocking indication label>
When using block plates for SUP passage, indication
label for confirmation of the blocking position from
outside is attached. (One label of each)
SUP passage blocked
SUP/EXH passage blocked
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated
with the manifold no., a block indication
label is attached to the manifold.
EXH block plate
VVQ2000-19A
The EXH block plate is used between stations for
which exhaust is desired to be divided when valve
exhaust affects other stations due to the circuit
configuration. It is also used in combination with an
individual EXH spacer for individual exhaust.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
Shut off label
ide
Us
2 pcs. in 1 set
<Blocking indication label>
ide
Ds
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated
with the manifold no., a block indication
label is attached to the manifold.
When blocking the EXH passage with an EXH block
plate, an indication label for confirmation of the
blocking position from outside is attached. (One label
for each)
EXH passage blocked
2-4-172
SUP/EXH passage blocked
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B]
VVQ2000-18A
VQ2000
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated
with a manifold, add suffix “-B” to the
manifold no.
2 pcs. in 1 set
(Precautions)
1. The back pressure check valve assembly is
assembly parts with a check valve structure.
However, as slight air leakage is allowed for
the back pressure, take care the exhaust air
will not be throttled at the exhaust port.
2.When a back pressure check valve is
mounted, the effective area of the valve will
decrease, by about 20%.
It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve exhaust.
Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold side of a valve which
is affected. It is effective when a single action cylinder is used or
an exhaust center type solenoid valve is used.
Note) When a check valve for back pressure prevention is
desired, and is to be installed only in certain manifold
stations, write clearly the part no. and specify the number
of stations by using the manifold specification sheet.
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with
a manifold, add suffix “-N” to the manifold no.
Name plate [-N]
VVQ2000-N-Station (1 to Max. stations)
VQC
SQ
P = 16
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates
solenoid valve function, etc.
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend it
as shown in the figure.
• Suffix “N” to the manifold part no.
VQ0
n Stations
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
Dimensions
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings)
Applicable
fittings
size ød
4
6
8
04
KQ2P- 06
08
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports.
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Model
KQ2P-04
KQ2P-06
KQ2P-08
A
L
D
16 32 6
18 35 8
20.5 39 10
∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a
manifold, indicate “CM” for the port size in
the manifold no., as well as, the mounting
position and number of stations and
cylinder port mounting positions, A and B,
in the manifold specification sheet.
Port plug
VVQ1000-58A
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port
valve as a 3 port valve.
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated
with a manifold, add suffix “-D” to the
manifold no.
DIN rail mounting bracket
VVQ2000-57A
It is used for mounting a manifold on a DIN rail. The DIN rail
mounted bracket is fixed to the manifold end plate. (The
specification is the same as that for the option “-D”.) 1 set of DIN
rail mounting bracket is used for 1 manifold (2 DIN rail mounting
brackets).
DIN rail clamp screwn
Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S]
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated
with a manifold, add suffix “-S” to the
manifold no.
Exhaust port
This is a type with an exhaust port atop the manifold end plate.
The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression
effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the air source
results in exhaust of air together with drainage.
For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-176.
Silencer (For EXH port)
This silencer is to be inserted into the EXH port (One-touch fittings)
of the common exhaust type.
Dimensions
Series
Applicable
fittings
size ød
VQ2000
10
Model
A
L
D
AN200-KM10 59.6 80.8 22
Effective area Noise
(mm2)
reduction
(Cv factor)
(dB)
26 (1.4)
30
2 stations matching fitting assembly
VVQ2000-52A-C10
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two stations are
operated to double the flow rate. This assembly for the cylinder
port is used in that case.
This assembly for the cylinder port is used in that case.
~
= 14
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
manifold.
When installing it in part of the manifold stations, specify the
assembly no. and the mounting position and number of stations by
using the manifold specification sheet.
~
= 48
Elbow fitting assembly
VVQ2000-F-L (C4, C6, C8)
∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”.
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching
fitting assembly no., and specify the
number of stations and positions in
the manifold specification sheet.
~= 22.8
~= 3.5
2-4-173
VQD
Base Mounted
Series
VQ2000
Manifold Option
<Check valve operation principle>
Double check block (Separated type)
VQ2000-FPG--
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double check block
with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3 position exhaust
center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder to stop in the middle or
maintain its position for a long time.
The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve will
prevent the dropping at the cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual
pressure is released.
Cylinder side
(P2)
Specifications
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temp.
Flow characteristics: C
Max. operating frequency
0.8 MPa
0.15 MPa
–5 to 50°C
–3.0 dm3/(s·bar)
180 c.p.m
To
Note ) Based on JIS B 8375-1981
(Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa)
SUP side pressure (P1)
CY
Lp
ort
Dimensions
25
45
4
A
2
17.5
(1.5)
37.5
Manifold
4
4
A
2
B
A
2
B
B
2-Rc 1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
4
A
2
58
10.5
DIN rail
clamp screw
IN
Residual pressure release
Manual override
7
D side Stations ··· 1 ····· 2 ····· 3 ··· n
2-Rc1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
58
(59.5)
Residual pressure release
manual override
2-Rc 1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
B
2
4
B
A
B
2
4
A
U side
(~
= 9.5)
(33)
(41.5)
20.5
(For C6, C8)
37.5
22
B
2
25
45
65.5
(For C6, C8)
(~
= 9.5)
39.5
80
5.5
6.5
(40)
IN
80
(~
= 9.5)
69.5
(5)
(For C6, C8)
2-M4 mounting
hole
IN
4.5
2-M6 mounting
hole
L3
L2
L1
23 P = 22
IN
(~
= 9.5)
B
2-Rc1/8, 1/4, C6, C8
C6: One-touch fitting assembly for ø6
C8: One-touch fitting assembly for ø8
(For C6, C8)
Single unit
A
4
Dimensions
Formula L1 = 22n + 24 n: Station
7.5
A
4
17.5
37.5
2
n
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12 13 14 15
16
90 112 134 156 178 200 222 244 266 288 310 332 354 376
L1 46 68
L2 75 87.5 112.5 137.5162.5 175 200 225 250 262.5 287.5 312.5 337.5 362.5 375 400
L3 85.5 98 123 148 173 185.5 210.5 235.5 260.5 273 298 323 348 373 385.5 410.5
(1.5)
L
How to Order
Double check block
VQ2000-FPG
<Example>
01 01
F
Option
IN side port size
OUT side port size
01
Rc 1/8
02
Rc 1/4
C6 One-touch fitting for ø6
C8 One-touch fitting for ø8
Manifold
VVQ2000-FPG
01
02
C6
C8
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
One-touch fitting for ø6
One-touch fitting for ø8
F
N
06
01
1 station
···
···
16 16 stations
<Ordering Example>
VVQ2000-FPG-06····6 stations manifold
∗VQ2000-FPG-C6C6-D: 3 sets
∗VQ2000-FPG-C8C8-D: 3 sets Double check block
Bracket Assembly
Tightening torque
Part no.
VQ2000-FPG-FB 0.8 to 1.0 N·m
None
DIN rail mounting style
D
(For manifold)
Note)
Stations
2-4-174
Nil
With bracket
Name plate
When two or more symbols are
specified,
indicate
them
alphabetically.
Drop
prevention
Intermediate
stops
Caution
• Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and cylinder or from the
fittings will prevent the cylinder from stopping for a long time. Check
the leakage using neutral household detergent, such as dish
washing soap.
Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod
packing for air leakage.
• Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with
M5 thread) is recommended when stopping the cylinder in the middle
for a long time.
• Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or
pressure center solenoid valve will not work.
• M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated
into the double check block. After screwing in the
M5 fittings, mount the assembly on the double
check block.
[Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m]
Connection threads
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Proper tightening torque (N·m)
7 to 9
12 to 14
• If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled
too much, the cylinder may not operate properly
and may not stop intermediately.
• Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure
will be within two times that of the supply pressure.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
Precautions 1
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.
Light/Surge Voltage Suppressor
Caution
How to Mount/Remove Solenoid Valve
Caution
The lighting positions are concentrated on one side for both single
solenoid type and double solenoid type. In the double solenoid type, A
side and B side energization are indicated by two colors which match the
colors of the manual overrides.
Manual override: Green
VQC
SQ
Indicator light
Orange
VQ0
Single solenoid
Clamp bracket A
Double solenoid
Manual override:
Orange
Removing
(DWG shows a VQ1000 case.)
DC circuit diagram
Single solenoid
Double solenoid
Stop diode
Stop diode
Light
Surge absorption
diode
A side energization: A light (orange) illuminates.
B side energization: B light (green) illuminates.
Surge absorption
diode
With wrong wiring preventing ability (stop dieode).
Equipped with a surge absorption
(surge absorption diode) mechanism.
Manual Override
Warning
Without an electric signal for the solenoid valve the manual override is
used for switching the main valve.
Push type is standard. (Tool required)
Option: Locking type (Tool required/Manual)
Push type (Tool required)
Bore ø3.2
Bore ø4.2
1. Loosen the clamp screw until it turns freely. (The screw is captive.)
2. Lift the coil side of the valve body while pressing down slightly on the
screw head and remove it from the clamp bracket B. When the screw
head cannot be pressed easily, gently press the area near the manual
override of the valve.
Mounting
Light
Note)
VQ4
Clamp screw
Clamp bracket B
Indicator light
A: Orange
B: Green
Push down on the manual override
button with a small screwdriver until
it stops. Release the screwdriver
and the manual override will return.
1. Press down on the clamp screw. Clamp bracket A opens. Diagonally
insert the hook on the valve end plate side into clamp B.
2. Press the valve body downward. (When the screw is released, it will be
locked by clamp bracket A.)
3. Tighten the clamp screw. (Proper tightening torque: VQ1000, 0.25 to
0.35 N·m; VQ2000, 0.5 to 0.7 N·m.)
Caution
Dust on the sealing surface of the gasket or solenoid valve can cause
air leakage.
Replacement of Cylinder Port Fittings
Caution
The cylinder port fittings are a cassette for easy replacement.
The fittings are blocked by a clip inserted from the top of manifold.
Remove the clip with a screwdriver to remove fittings.
For replacement, insert the fitting assembly
until it strikes against the inside wall and
then reinsert the clip to the specified
position.
Clip
Fittings assembly
Fittings assembly
Locking type (Tool required) <Option>
Bore ø4.2
Bore ø3.2
Push down on the manual override
button with a small screwdriver or
with your fingers until it stops. Turn
clockwise by 90° to lock it. Turn it
counterclockwise to release it.
Clip
Applicable tubing O.D.
Locking type (Manual) <Option>
Push down on the manual override
button with a small screwdriver or
with your fingers until it stops. Turn
clockwise by 90° to lock it. Turn it
counterclockwise to release it.
Applicable tubing ø3.2
Applicable tubing ø4
Applicable tubing ø6
Applicable tubing ø8
M5
Fitting assembly part no.
VQ1000
VQ2000
VVQ1000-50A-C3
VVQ1000-50A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C6
—
VVQ1000-50A-M5
—
VVQ1000-51A-C4
VVQ1000-51A-C6
VVQ1000-51A-C8
—
∗ Refer to “Option” on pages 2-4-172 to 2-4-173 for other types of fittings.
Caution
1. Use caution that O-rings must be free from scratches and dust.
Otherwise, air leakage may result.
2. After screwing in the fittings, mount the M5 fitting assembly on the
manifold base. {Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
3. Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Caution
Do not apply excessive torque when turning the locking type manual override.
(0.1 N·m or less)
2-4-175
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000/2000
Precautions 2
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.
Mounting/Removing from the DIN Rail
Caution
Built-in Silencer Replacement Element
Caution
Removing
1. Loosen the clamp screw
on side (a) of the end
plate on both sides.
2. Lift side (a) of the
manifold base and slide
the end plate in the
direction of (2) shown in
the figure to remove.
A silencer element is incorporated in the end plate on both sides of the A
dirty and choked element may reduce cylinder speed or cause
malfunction. Clean or replace the dirty element.
Element Part No.
Type
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust
Element part no.
VQ1000
VQ2000
VVQ1000-82A-1
VVQ2000-82A-1
∗ The minimum order quantity is 10 pcs.
(2)
Remove the cover from the top of the end plate and remove the old element
with a screwdriver, etc.
End plate
(1) (a)
Mounting
1. Hook side (b) of the
manifold base on the
DIN rail.
2. Press down side (a) and
mount the end plate on
the DIN rail.
Tighten the clamp screw
on side (a) of the end
plate.
The proper tightening
torque for screws is 0.4
to 0.6 N·m.
(b)
(1)
Hook
(2)
(a)
Enclosure IP65
Caution
Wires, cables, connectors, etc. used for models conforming to IP65 should
also have enclosures equivalent to or of stricter than IP65.
How to Calculate the Flow Rate
For obtaining the flow rate, refer to pages 2-1-8 to 2-1-11.
2-4-176
Base Mounted
VQ1000/2000
Plug-in Unit Series
Option
Different Number of Connector Pins
F and P kits with the following number of pins are available besides the standard number (F = 25; P = 26). Select the desired number of
pins and cable length from the cable assembly list.
Place an order for the cable assembly separately.
F
P
kit (D-sub connector) 15 pins
kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
10 pins, 16 pins, 20 pins
VQC
10P, 16P, 20P
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
How to order manifold
VV5Q11
VQD
How to order manifold
06 C6 F SA
N
VV5Q11
06 C6 P SC
Option
Option
Stations
Stations
Cylinder port
Cylinder port
How to Order
How to Order
D-sub connector, 15 pins
Connector location–Side (horizontal)
Without cable
Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins
Connector location–Side (Horizontal)
Without cable
Kit/Electrical entry
15P (Max. 7 stations)
Kit/Electrical entry
Top entry
Kit F
Side entry
UA
Kit F
SA
∗ In the same way as the 25-pin models (standard), the terminal
no. 1 is for SOL.A at the 1st station, the terminal no. 9 for
SOL.B at the 1st station, and the terminal no. 8 for COM.
Wire Color Table by Terminal No.
of D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
Multi-core vinyl cable
VVRF 0.3 mm2 x 15C
~
= ø9
Plug connector
HDA-CTH
(Made by Hirose Electric)
Connector
HAD-15S
(Made by Hirose Electric)
Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
1
Black
None
2
Brown
None
3
Red
None
4
Orange
None
5
Yellow
None
6
Pink
None
7
Blue
None
8
Purple
White
9
Gray
Black
10
White
Black
11
White
Red
12
Yellow
Red
13
Orange
Red
14
Yellow
Black
15
Pink
Black
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
Cable length (L)
Pins
1.5 m
3m
5m
10P (Max. 4 stations)
16P (Max. 7 stations)
Wiring Specifications
Terminal no.
Location
Pins
15P
AXT100-DS15-1
AXT100-DS15-2
AXT100-DS15-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type conforming to MIL-C-24308.
20P (Max. 9 stations)
Top entry
Kit
P
Side entry
UA
UB
UC
Kit
P
SA
SB
SC
Wiring Specifications
∗ In the same way as the 26-pin models (standard), the terminal
no. 1 is for SOL.A at the 1st station, the terminal no. 2 for
SOL.B at the 1st station, and two pins from the max. terminal
numbers are for COM.
Red
Terminal no.
Location
Pins
N
Flat Ribbon Cable Assembly
Cable
length (L)
Pins
10P
16P
20P
AXT100-FC10-1 AXT100-FC16-1 AXT100-FC20-1
AXT100-FC10-2 AXT100-FC16-2 AXT100-FC20-2
AXT100-FC10-3 AXT100-FC16-3 AXT100-FC20-3
30
17.2
24.8
Connector width (W)
1.5 m
3m
5m
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type with strain relief conforming
to MIL-C-83503.
2-4-177
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000/2000
Option
Special Wiring Specifications
Negative Common Specifications
In the internal wiring of F kit, P kit, J kit, G kit, T kit and S kit,
double wiring (connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is adopted for
each station regardless of the valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
Specify the valve model no. as shown below for negative COM
specification. The manifold no. shown below is for the T and L
kits. For other kits the standard manifold can be used. For
negative COM S or G kit, please contact SMC.
1. How to Order
VQ1100 N
Indicate an option symbol “-K”, for the manifold no. and be
sure to specify the mounting position and number of stations of
the single and double wiring by means of the manifold
specification sheet.
Example)
5
Negative common specifications
VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D K S
How to order negative COM manifold
T kit:
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
VV5Q11
06 C6 T N N
2. Wiring specifications
With the A side solenoid of the 1st station as no.1 (meaning, to
be connected to no.1 terminal), without making any terminals
vacant.
Option
Negative common
specifications
15
14
13
26
22
11
2
17
25
23
12
COM
1
16
24
21
Cylinder port
3
18
4
19
5
20
6
10
9
8
Stations
7
L kit:
F kit
D-sub connector
(25P)
P kit
Flat ribbon
cable connector
(26P)
J/G kit
T kit
Terminal block
(VQ1000, 24 termials)
T kit
Terminal block
(VQ2000)
M kit
The maximum number of stations depends upon the number of
solenoids. Assuming one for a single and two for a double,
determine the number of stations so that the total number is
not more than the max. number given in the following table.
F kit (D-sub
connector)
P kit
(Flat ribbon
cable connector)
J kit (Flat ribbon G kit (Flat ribbon cable
cable connector) with terminal block)
U
U
U
U
U
U
Type F S F S A P S P S C P S B P S A
25P 15P 26P 20P 16P 10P
Max.
points
24
VQ2000 VQ1000
Max.
points
24
18
14
T kit
(Terminal block)
Kit
Type
14
2-4-178
2 rows of
3 rows of
terminal blocks terminal blocks
16
8
J US 20P
G
16
16
S kit
(Serial transmission)
M kit
(Circular connector)
S
M
16
24
24
20
06 C6 L N 1 N
Stations
3. Max. number of stations
Kit
VV5Q11
Option
Cylinder port
Negative common specifications
Electrical entry
Cable length
0 With cable (0.6 m)
1 With cable (1.5 m)
2 With cable (3 m)
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
External Pilot Specifications
When the supply air pressure is lower than the required minimum
operating pressure (0.1 to 0.2 MPa) for the solenoid valve (or
when the valve is used for vacuum), specify an external pilot
model. Order a manifold or valve by suffixing the external pilot
specification, “R”.
The X-port of the manifold base is equipped with One-touch
fittings for external pilot.
VQ1000: C4 (One-touch fitting for ø4)
VQ2000: C6 (One-touch fitting for ø6)
VQC
SQ
How to order manifold
VQ0
VV5Q11-08C6FU1-R S
VQ4
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
VQ5
How to order valves
VQZ
VQ1100 R
VQD
5
External pilot specifications
Note 1) When low wattage type is also desired, specify as “RY”.
Note 2) In this valve pilot exhaust is connected to the EA passage of the
manifold. Therefore, it is not possible to supply air from EXH port, nor
vacuum from ports other than SUP port.
Inch-size One-touch Fittings
The valve with inch-size One-touch fittings is shown below.
VV5Q11
06 N7 PS0
N
Stations
Option
Kit/Electrical entry
Cylinder port
Symbol
N1
Applicable tubing O.D. (Inch) ø1/8"
4(A), 2(B)
port
N3
ø5/32"
N7
ø1/4"
M5T
NM
ø5/16"
10-32UNF
(M5 thread)
Mixed
—
VQ1000
VQ2000
N9
—
—
Note) When inch-size fittings are selected for the cylinder port, use inch size
fittings for both P and R port.
1(P), 3(R) port size
VQ1000 ·········· ø5/16" (N9)
VQ2000 ·········· ø3/8" (N11)
2-4-179
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000/2000
Option
DIN Rail Mounting
Each manifold can be mounted on a DIN rail. Order it by
indicating a DIN rail mounting option symbol, “-D”. In this case, a
DIN rail which is approx. 30 mm longer than the manifold with the
specified number of stations is attached.
When DIN rail is unnecessary
(DIN rail mounting brackets only are attached.)
Indicate the option symbol, -DO, for the manifold no.
Example)
VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D0S
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
When using DIN rail longer than the manifold with
specified number of stations
Clearly indicate the necessary number of stations next to the option
symbol “-D” for the manifold no.
Example)
VV5Q11-08C6FU1-D09S
DIN rail for 9 stations
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
When changing the manifold style into a DIN rail
mounting style.
Order brackets for mounting a DIN rail. (Refer to “Option” on pages 24-168 and 2-4-173.)
No. VVQ1000-57A (For VQ1000)
VVQ2000-57A (For VQ2000)
2 pcs. per one set.
When ordering DIN rail only
DIN rail no.: AXT100-DR-
As for , specify the number from the DIN rail table.
For L dimension, refer to the dimensions of each kit.
(Pitch)
L Dimension
No.
L dimension
1
23
2
35.5
L = 12.5 x n + 10.5
3
48
4
60.5
5
73
6
85.5
7
98
8
9
10
110.5 123 135.5
No.
11
L dimension 148
12
13
14
160.5 173 185.5
16
17
18
19
20
15
198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No.
21
L dimension 273
22
23
24
285.5 298 310.5
25
26
27
28
29
30
323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5
No.
31
L dimension 398
32
33
34
410.5 423 435.5
35
36
37
38
39
40
448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
2-4-180
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000/2000
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
2-4-181
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.
VQ0000
Base Mounted
Series
Plug Lead Unit
How to Order Manifold
08 C4 F U1
VV5Q 05
D
Series/Manifold
05
Option
VQ0000
Kit type
Symbol
Nil
Cylinder port
D
K
N
S
Port size
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 thread
M5
CM With mixed size/with port plug Note)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer
to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are attached
without being incorporated.
Symbol
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
The number of max.
stations differs from kit
to kit.
(Refer to the table
below.)
Option
None
DIN rail mounting style (2)
Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (3)
With name plate
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -DNS
Note 2) F, P, S, and T kits for VQ0000 are all equipped
with a DIN rail, so include suffix “-D.”
Note 3) Specify the wiring specifications on the manifold
specification sheet. (Except C kit)
Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials System.
For details about applicable models, please contact SMC.
Kit/Electrical entry: Cable length
F
P
kit
(D-sub connector)
kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)
Note 1)
Note 1)
26P
25P
Side entry
Connector entry direction
Top entry
Side entry
U0
U1
U2
U3
Kit
F
T
Kit
F
S0
S1
S2
S3
P. 2-4-188
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
C
kit
(Terminal block)
Top entry
Side entry
Top entry
(2)
Max. 16
stations
Connector entry direction
Top entry
Side entry
Kit
P
U0
U1
U2
U3
Kit
P
S0
S1
S2
S3
S
kit
(Connector)
P. 2-4-192
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
(2)
Max. 16
stations
kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an indicator
light and surge voltage suppressor,
and the voltage is 24 VDC.
The dust-protected type SI unit is
available, too. For details, please
contact SMC.
P. 2-4-204
P. 2-4-196
Kit
T
1
2
Number of terminals:
8, 1 row
Number of terminals:
16, 2 rows
Applicable stations
1 to 8 stations
Applicable stations
5 to 16 stations
P. 2-4-200
Without SI unit
0
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
A
(3)
(2)
B Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
Kit
Max. 16
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
C
stations
S D
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
H
Connector kit
Max. 16 stations
C
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins are available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note 3) Please consult with SMC for the following serial transmission kits: Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.; Rockwell Automation, Inc.; SUNX
Corporation; Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.; OMRON Corporation.
2-4-182
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
How to Order Valves
VQ 0 1 5 0 Y
VQ0000
How to Order Valve Manifold Assembly
Example
5 LO
Manual override
Series
0
Nil: Non-locking
B: Locking type
(Tool required)
push type
(Tool required)
VQ0000
Closed center (24 VDC)
VQ0350-5MO
Type of actuation
2 position single
Double solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ0250-5MO
U sid
e
Sta
tio
1
3
Electrical entry
2 position double
Metal
G: Grommet
2
C Kit only
Except AC.
VQC
ns
L: L plug
LO: L plug
connector
connector
With lead wire Without connector
2
1
D sid
e
Single solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ0150-5MO
VQ0
With light/surge
With light/surge
voltage suppressor voltage suppressor
Rubber
2 position double
3m
3 position closed center
MO: M plug
connector
connector
With lead wire Without connector
With light/surge
With light/surge
voltage suppressor voltage suppressor
3 position exhaust center
4
Note 1) LO or MO type valve is used for F,
P, T, and S kits. The plug
connector and lead wire are
attached to the manifold.
Note 2) In cases of L and M type the
connector direction is based on
the pilot valve.
Body type
5
VQ0000
Seal
0
1
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note 1) For negative common
specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4-216.
Note 2) F, P, T and S kits requires
connector assembly when
increasing valve stations.
Refer to “Option” on page
2-4-216 for parts nos.
Manifold Option
VQZ
VV5Q05-07C4FS2-D ··· 1 set (F kit 7 station manifold base no.)
∗ VQ0150-5MO ··· 3 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
∗ VQ0250-5MO ··· 2 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
∗ VQ0350-5MO ··· 2 sets (3 position solenoid part no.)
The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly. Prefix
it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
the manifold specification sheet.
Coil voltage
Function
1
2
3
4
5
6
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
High
(1.5 W)
—
H pressure type 24 VDC
12 VDC
Low wattage (0.5 W) —
Y
type
Note) The C kits are applicable to
200/220 VAC. Please contact
Note) For power consumption of
SMC for other kits.
AC type, refer to page 2-4186.
Symbol Specifications
Nil
DC
Standard type (1.0 W)
AC
Note)
P. 2-4-208
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ0000-10A-5
Name plate [-N∗]
VVQ0000-N5-Station (1 to Max. stations)
DIN rail mounting bracket [-D]
VVQ0000-57A-5
Silencer
AN103-X233
SUP/EXH block plate
P
VVQ0000-16A-5- RPR
Double check block
VQ1000-FPG-
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust [-S]
Blanking plug
23
KQ2P- 04
06
08
Exhaust port
SUP port block
EXH
port
block
SUP/EXH port block
L
CY ort
P
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ0000-P-5-C4
VQ4
VQ5
M: M plug
3
SQ
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ0000-R-5-C4
• For cylinder port fittings part no., refer to page 2-4-213.
• For replacement parts, refer to page 2-4-231.
2-4-183
VQD
For details about certified products
conforming to international standards,
visit us at www.smcworld.com.
VQ1000
Base Mounted
Series
Plug Lead Unit
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
08 C6 F U1
D
Series/Manifold
12
Option
VQ1000
Kit type
Cylinder port
Port size
Symbol
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C3
With One-touch fitting for ø4
C4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
C6
M5 thread
M5
With mixed size/with port plug
CM
L3 With elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for top piping
L4 With elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for top piping
L6 With elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for top piping
Elbow M5 thread for top piping
L5
B3 With elbow One-touch fitting ø3.2 for bottom piping
B4 With elbow One-touch fitting ø4 for bottom piping
B6 With elbow One-touch fitting ø6 for bottom piping
Elbow M5 thread for bottom piping
B5
Mixed size for elbow piping
LM
Stations
01
1 station
Symbol
Nil
···
···
The number of max. stations
differs from kit to kit.
(Refer to the table below.)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port
plug” in the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 2) For One-touch fittings in inch
sizes, refer to “Option” on
page 2-4-216.
Note 3) M5 fittings for M5 thread are
attached without being
incorporated.
B
D
K
N
S
Option
None
With back pressure check valve
DIN rail mounting style (3)
Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring) (4)
With name plate
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically. Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have check valves
for prevention of back pressure at all manifold
stations. If not all stations need this check
valve, specify the stations where check valves
are installed by using manifold specification
sheet.
Note 3) Manifold is a DIN rail mounting style, and so
suffix -D should be indicated.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications in the
manifold specification sheet. (Except C kit)
Kit/Electrical entry/Cable length
F
P
kit
(D-sub connector)
kit
(Flat ribbon cable connector)
Note 2)
Side entry
25P
Connector entry direction
Top entry
Side entry
Kit
F
U0
U1
U2
U3
T
Kit
F
S0
S1
S2
S3
Side entry
Top entry
P. 2-4-188
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
C
kit
(Terminal block)
(2)
Max. 16
stations
Note 2)
Top entry
26P
Connector entry direction
Top entry
Side entry
Kit
P
U0
U1
U2
U3
Kit
P
S0
S1
S2
S3
S
kit
(Connector)
P. 2-4-192
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
(2)
Max. 16
stations
kit
(Serial transmission unit)
The valve is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage
suppressor, and the voltage is 24
VDC.
The dust-protected type SI unit is
available, too. For details, please
contact SMC.
P. 2-4-204
P. 2-4-196
kit
T
1
2
Number of terminals: Applicable stations
8, 1 row
1 to 8 stations
Number of terminals: Applicable stations (2)
16, 2 rows
5 to 16 stations
P. 2-4-200
C
Connector kit
Note 1) Besides the above, F and P kits with different number of pins
are available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
2-4-184
Max. 16 stations
Without SI unit
0
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
A
B Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
C
(2)
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
D
Max.16
E Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System stations
F1 NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
Kit G Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
S H
J1 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
J2 SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
K
Max.16
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.) stations
Q
R1 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
R2 OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) Max. 8 stations
V Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max. 16 stations
Simple specials are available with SMC Simple Specials
System. For details about applicable models, please contact
SMC.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
How to Order Valves
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
How to Order Valve Manifold Assembly
Example
5 LO
Single solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1110-5LO
Manual override
Series
0
VQ1000
e
Usid ns
o
tati
S
···
·····
Nil: Non-locking B: Locking type
push type
(Tool required)
(Tool required)
VQ0000
Double solenoid (24 VDC)
VQ1210-5LO
ide
Ds
3 ··
1 2
Type of actuation
2 position single
VQC
1
C: Locking type
(Manual)
Electrical entry
2 position double
LO: L plug
connector
connector
With lead wire Without connector
Metal
2
SQ
L: L plug
VQ0
With light/surge With light/surge
voltage suppressor voltage suppressor
Rubber
2 position double
Cylinder ports
C6: With One-touch fitting for ø6
D-sub connector cable
VVZS3000-21A-2
3
Symbol Specifications
4
Nil
Body type
1
0
1
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Manifold Option
5
6
VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D ··· 1 set (F kit 8 station manifold base no.)
∗VQ1110-5LO ····· 4 sets (Single solenoid part no.)
∗VQ1210-5LO ····· 4 sets (Double solenoid part no.)
24 VDC
12 VDC
(1.0 W)
H
High pressure (1.5 W)
type
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
VQ1000
Seal
Standard
type
DC
The asterisk denotes the symbol for assembly.
Prefix it to the part nos. of the solenoid valve, etc.
Specify the part numbers for valves and options together
beneath the manifold base part number. Besides, when the
arrangement will be complicated, specify them by means of
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 1) For negative common specifications, refer
to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
Note 2) F, P, T and S kits requires connector
assembly when increasing valve stations.
For part nos., refer to “Option” on page 2-4216.
For power consumption of AC type, refer to
page 2-4-186.
Blanking plate assembly
SUP/EXH block plate
VVQ1000-10A-1
VVQ1000-16A-2
P. 2-4-208
2 stations matching fitting assembly
Double check block
VVQ1000-FPG-
VVQ1000-52A-C8
EXH
block plate
To
CY
Lp
SUP block plate
ort
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B]
VVQ1000-18A
Elbow fitting assembly
C3
VVQ1000-F-L C4
C6
Silencer
Individual EXH spacer
Name plate [-N∗]
VVQ1000-R-1-C6
VVQ1000-N2-Station (1 to Max. stations)
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust [-S]
Port plug
VVQ0000-58A
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ1000-P-1-C6
M5
AN200-KM8
C6 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
Exhaust port
C6 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
• For cylinder port fittings part no., refer to page 2-4-213.
• For replacement parts, refer to page 2-4-231.
VQ5
VQZ
Coil voltage
Function
3 position pressure center
Manifold base (9 stations)
VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D
F kit
(D-sub connector)
Note) LO type valve is used for F, P, T,
and S kits. The plug connector
and lead wire are attached to the
manifold.
3 position closed center
VQ4
Blanking plug
23
KQ2P- 04
06
08
2-4-185
VQD
VQ0000/1000
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit
Series
Model
Flow characteristic
Series
Number of
solenoids
1 4/2 (P A/B)
Model
2 position
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
Single
3 position
2 position
3 position
Response time (ms) (2)
4/2 5/3 (A/B R1/R2)
Cv
C [dm3/(s·bar)]
b
Cv
(3)
Standard : 1 W Low wattage:
0.5 W
H : 1.5 W
(3)
AC
VQ0150
0.41
0.20 0.10
0.44
0.26
0.11
12 or less
15 or less
29 or less
Rubber seal VQ0151
0.53
0.20 0.12
0.53
0.22
0.13
15 or less
20 or less
34 or less
Metal seal
VQ0250
0.41
0.20 0.10
0.44
0.26
0.11
10 or less
13 or less
13 or less
Rubber seal VQ0251
0.53
0.20 0.12
0.53
0.22
0.13
15 or less
20 or less
20 or less
Closed
center
Metal seal
VQ0350
0.32
0.10 0.07
0.32
0.20
0.07
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal VQ0351
0.43
0.21 0.10
0.44
0.24
0.11
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Exhaust
center
Metal seal
VQ0450
0.32
0.10 0.07
0.44
0.26
0.11
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal VQ0451
0.43
0.21 0.10
0.53
0.22
0.13
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Metal seal
VQ1110
0.70
0.15 0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
12 or less
15 or less
29 or less
Rubber seal VQ1111
0.85
0.20 0.21
1.0
0.30
0.25
15 or less
20 or less
34 or less
Metal seal
VQ1210
0.70
0.15 0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
10 or less
13 or less
13 or less
Rubber seal VQ1211
0.85
0.20 0.21
1.0
0.30
0.25
15 or less
20 or less
20 or less
Closed
center
Metal seal
VQ1310
0.68
0.15 0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal VQ1311
0.70
0.20 0.16
0.65
0.42
0.18
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Exhaust
center
Metal seal
VQ1410
0.68
0.15 0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
Rubber seal VQ1411
0.70
0.20 0.16
1.0
0.30
0.25
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
VQ1510
Pressure Metal seal
center
Rubber seal VQ1511
0.70
0.15 0.16
0.72
0.25
0.18
20 or less
26 or less
40 or less
0.85
0.20 0.21
0.65
0.42
0.18
25 or less
33 or less
47 or less
Double
VQ0000
VQ1000
Metal seal
b
(1)
Single
Double
Weight
(g)
36
50
64
78
Note 1) Cylinder port size C4: (VQ0000), C6: (VQ1000) without check valve option for prevention of back pressure.
As per JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa; with indicator light/surge voltage suppressor; clean air)
Note 2) The response time is subject to the pressure and quality of the air. The values at the time of ON are given for
double types.
Note 3) AC type is only for VQ0000.
JIS Symbol
Standard Specifications
2 position double
Metal
2 position double
Rubber
Valve specifications
2 position single
3 position closed center
3 position pressure center
Solenoid
3 position exhaust center
Valve construction
Fluid
Maximum operating pressure
Single
Min. operating
Double
pressure
3 position
Ambient and fluid temperature
Lubrication
Manual override
Impact/Vibration resistance (2)
Enclosure
Coil rated voltage
Allowable voltage fluctuation
Coil insulation type
24 VDC
12 VDC
Power consumption
100 VAC
(Current)
110 VAC
200 VAC
220 VAC
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Air/Inert gas
0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)
0.1 MPa
0.15 MPa
0.1 MPa
0.1 MPa
0.2 MPa
–10 to 50°C (1)
Not required
Non-locking push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manually operated) Option
150/30 m/s2
Dust tight
12, 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
±10% of rated voltage
Equivalent to class B
(3)
(4)
1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA) , 0.5 W DC (21 mA)
(3)
1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA) , 0.5 W DC (42 mA) (4)
Inrush 0.5 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.5 VA (5 mA)
Inrush 0.55 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.55 VA (5 mA)
VQ0000
Inrush 1.0 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.0 VA (5 mA)
Inrush 1.1 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.1 VA (5 mA)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial direction and at the
right angles to the main valve and armature in both energized and de-energized states
every once for each condition. (Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz. Test was performed
at both energized and de-energized states in the axial direction and at the right angles to the
main valve and armature. (Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Value for high pressure type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Value for low pressure type (0.5 W)
Note 5) AC type is available only on VQ0000.
2-4-186
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Base model
Type of connection
F kit– D-sub connector
P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector
VQ0000 VV5Q05- T kit–Terminal block
C kit–Individual connector
S kit–Serial transmission
F kit–D-sub connector
P kit–Flat ribbon cable connector
VQ1000 VV5Q12- T kit–Terminal block
C kit–Individual connector
S kit–Serial transmission
Port
location
Port size
1(P), 3(R)
C6 (ø6)
Option
Side
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust
(2)
(1)
4(A), 2(B)
Applicable
stations
C3 (ø3.2)
C4 (ø4)
M5 (M5 thread)
1 to 16
stations
Applicable 5 station
solenoid
weight
valve
(g)
330
(Single)
VQ050
400
VQ051 (Double,
3 position)
VQC
C8 (ø8)
Side
Option
Built-insilencer,
direct exhaust
C3 (ø3.2)
C4 (ø4)C6 (ø6)
M5 (M5 thread)
1 to 16
stations
818
(Single)
VQ110
885
VQ111 (Double,
3 position)
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
Note 1) Inch-size One-touch fittings are also available. For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note 2) For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Type of
connection
3(R) port
A, B porting
R port
P port
1(P) port
4(A), 2(B) port
Type of connection
2-4-187
F
VQ0000/1000
Kit (D-sub connector)
The D-sub connector reduces installation labor for electrical
connections.
Using the D-sub connector (25P), (15P as an option) conforming
to MIL standard permits the use of connectors put on the market
and gives a wide interchangeability.
Top or side connector receptacle position can be selected in
accordance with the available mounting space.
Maximum stations are 16.
VV5Q05
VV5Q12
Manifold Specifications
Series
VQ0000
VQ1000
Porting specifications
Applicable
Port size
Port
stations
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Side
C6
C3, C4, M5
Max. 16 stations
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5 Max. 16 stations
D-sub Connector (25 pins)
Cable assembly 015
AXT100-DS25- 030
050
Wire Color by Terminal No. of
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
The D-sub connector cable assembly can be ordered individually or included with
manifold. Refer to How to Order Manifold.
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly (Option)
Multi-core vinyl cable
0.3 mm2 x 25C
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 25 pins
type with female connector conforming to MIL-C24308.
Item
Characteristics
Conductor
65
resistance
or less
Ω/km, 20°C
Insulation
resistance
1000
V, 1 min, AC
Insulation
resistance 5 or more
MΩD, 20°C
Connector manufacturers’ example
Note) The minimum bending
radius of D-sub cable
assembly is 20 mm.
Cable
Assembly part no.
length (L)
1.5 m
AXT100-DS25-015
3m
AXT100-DS25-030
5m
AXT100-DS25-050
Note
Cable 25-core
x 24AWG
8
44
L
~
= ø10
2-M2.6 x 0.45
55
• Fujitsu Limited
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
Socket side
25
16
14
13
1
Electric
Characteristics
Terminal no.
47.04
Terminal no. Dot marking Lead wire color
1
Black
None
Brown
2
None
Red
3
None
Orange
4
None
Yellow
5
None
Pink
6
None
Blue
7
None
Purple
8
White
Gray
9
Black
White
10
Black
White
11
Red
Yellow
12
Red
Orange
13
Red
Yellow
14
Black
Pink
15
Black
Blue
16
White
Purple
17
None
Gray
18
None
Orange
19
Black
Red
20
White
Brown
21
White
Pink
22
Red
Gray
23
Red
Black
24
White
White
25
None
Note) Types with 15 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
08 C6
F
U 1
D
Option
Symbol
Series/Manifold
05
12
VQ0000
VQ1000
Cable (Length)
Plug lead
unit
Connector
entry direction
U
S
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
08 8 stations
Cylinder port
Note)
Note)
As option, the maximum
number of stations can be
increased by special
wiring specifications. For
details, refer to page 2-4216.
2-4-188
Top entry
Side entry
0
1
2
3
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
M5
CM
Port size
VQ0000 VQ1000
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on the
manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4-216.
Without cable
With cable (1.5 m)
With cable (3 m)
With cable (5 m)
B
D
K
N
S
Option
VQ0000 VQ1000
(2)
With back pussure check valve
(3)
DIN rail mounting style
(4)
Special wiring specifications
(Not double wiring)
With name plate
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified,
indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the back
pressure check valve at all manifold
stations. If not all stations need this check
valve, specify the stations where check
valves are installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) F kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000 are
equipped with a DIN rail, so indicate suffix
“D”.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on the
manifold specification sheet.
Base Mounted
VQ0000/1000
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQC
U
s id
e
ns
tio
ta
S
SQ
3
VQ0
D
1
e
sid
2
Electrical wiring specifications
D-sub connector assembly
015
AXT100-DS25- 030 Wire color
050
D-sub connector
Terminal no.
{
{
3 stations {
4 stations {
5 stations {
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
1 station
2 stations
VV5Q05
The total number of stations is tabulated
starting from station one on the D side.
e
ons
Usid
tati
··· S
·
·
·
·
··
·····
e
D sid 3 ····
1 2
Connector
terminal no.
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
COM.
Lead wire color Dot marking
Polarity
1
14
2
15
3
16
4
17
5
18
6
19
7
20
8
21
13
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(–)
Black
Yellow
Brown
Pink
Red
Blue
Orange
Purple
Yellow
Gray
Pink
Orange
Blue
Red
Purple
Brown
Orange
None
Black
None
Black
None
White
None
None
None
None
None
Black
None
White
White
White
Red
Note)
Positive
Negative
common
common
specifications specifications
As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL.
A and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 8 stations or
less, regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
Series
0
1
Manual override
VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual) Note)
C
VQ1000
Type of actuation
Note) VQ1000 only.
2 position single
1
2 position double
2
3 position closed center
3
3 position exhaust center
4
5 3 position pressure center (VQ1000 only)
Electrical entry
VQ0000
VQ1000
Plug lead
unit
Seal
0
1
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note 1) For negative common
Note 2) specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4216.
Connector assembly
will be required when
the F kits add a valve.
For part nos., refer to
“Option” on page 2-4216.
VQ0000
LO L plug connector without connector
MO M plug terminal without connector
VQ1000
—
Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are attached to the
manifold.
Body type
5
1
Specify the part numbers for valves and
options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
5 LO
Function
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0 W) Note)
Nil
type
H
High
(1.5 W) —
pressure type
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
—
type
Coil voltage
VV5Q12-08C6FU2-D ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1110-5LO ······· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1210-5LO ······· 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
∗VQ1310-5LO ······· 2 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 7 to 8)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1···· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (Station 9)
Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When
part nos. written collectively are
complicated, specified by using
the manifold specification sheet.
VQ0000 VQ1000
1
100 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
—
3
110 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
—
12 VDC
5
6
<Example>
D-sub connector kit with cable (3 m)
e
Usid
e
D sid
····
·····
3 ··
1 2
s
tion
Sta
Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-186.
2-4-189
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
F
VQ0000/1000
Kit (D-sub connector)
DIN rail clamp screw
80
51.5
=4
66
5.5
35
42
61.5
26
5.5
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
76 (M plug connector) <81>
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
~
= 300
L4
L3
5.2
(Lead wire length)
VQ0000
Indicator light
23.3
P = 10.7
4.5
L1
50
34
58
(M plug connector)
L2
n
U side
8
6
P = 10.7
27
15.5
5
4
3
2
1
Stations
64
(L plug connector)
D side
Side entry connector [-FS]
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
Applicable connector:
D-sub connector (25P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
~
=4
51.5
81.5
7.5
30.7
25.4
19.7
17.5
11
50
58
2-C6
R(EXH) port
2-C6
P (SUP) port
7
Indicator light
58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
< >: AC
Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-FU]
n
L
L1
L2
L3
L4
1
2
3
4
5
6
46.5 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2
55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2
112.5 125
137.5 150 162.5 175
123
135.5 148
160.5 173
185.5
7
110.9
119.9
175
185.5
8
121.6
130.6
187.5
198
9
132.3
141.3
200
210.5
10
143
152
212.5
223
11
153.7
162.7
225
235.5
12
164.4
173.4
237.5
248
13
175.1
184.1
250
260.5
14
185.8
194.8
250
260.5
15
196.5
205.5
262.5
273
16
207.2
216.2
275
285.5
Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-FS]
n
L
L3
L4
2-4-190
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
137.5 150 150
162.5 175
187.5 200 212.5 225
225
237.5 250
262.5 275
287.5 300
148
160.5 160.5 173
185.5 198
210.5 223
235.5 235.5 248
260.5 273
285.5 298
310.5
Base Mounted
VQ0000/1000
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ1000
VQC
Indicator light
SQ
Manual override
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
~
=6
VQD
DIN rail clamp screw
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (25P)
D side
Side entry connector [-FS]
Stations ······ 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ··· 8 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
1(P) SUP port
Manual override
for serial connection
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
P = 10.5
Applicable connector:
D-sub connector
(Conforming to MIL-C-24308)
Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-FU]
n
L
L1
L2
L3
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
82.5 93
103.5 114
124.5 135
145.5 156
166.5 177
187.5 198
208.5 219 229.5 240
137.5 150
162.5 175
187.5 200
200
212.5 225 237.5 250
262.5 262.5 275 287.5 300
148 160.5 173
185.5 198
210.5 210.5 223
235.5 248
260.5 273
273
285.5 298
310.5
Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-FS]
n
L
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
162.5 175
187.5 187.5 200
212.5 225
237.5 250
250
262.5 275
287.5 300
312.5 312.5
173
185.5 198
198
210.5 223
235.5 248
260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298
310.5 323
323
2-4-191
P
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
MIL flat ribbon cable connector reduces installation labor
savings for electrical connection.
Using the connector for flat ribbon cable (26P), (10P, 16P, 20P
as an option) conforming to MIL standard permits the use of
connectors put on the market and gives a wide
interchangeability.
Top or side receptacle position can be selected in accordance
with the available mounting space.
Maximum stations are 16.
VV5Q05
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Series
Applicable
stations
Port size
Port
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
VQ0000
Side
C6
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, M5 Max.16 stations
C3, C4, C6, M5 Max.16 stations
Flat Ribbon Cable (26 pins)
Cable assembly AXT100-FC26-
Sta
tio
1
to
3
Us
ns
····
ide
····
3
2
1
Ds
Flat ribbon cable connector assembly can be ordered individually or
included in a specific manifold model no. Refer to “How to Order Manifold”.
ide
Red
2
D
3
sid
···
e
···
···
···
···
···
St
at
U
io
sid
ns
e
Terminal no.
VV5Q05
Cable length (L)
1.5 m
3m
5m
Assembly part no.
AXT100-FC26-1
AXT100-FC26-2
AXT100-FC26-3
1
Flat Ribbon Cable Connector Assembly (Option)
Note
Cable 26 cores
x 28AWG
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a 26 pins type with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.
Connector manufacturers’ example
• Hirose Electric Co., Ltd.
• Sumitomo 3M Limited
• Fujitsu Limited
• Japan Aviation Electronics Industry, Ltd.
• J.S.T. Mfg. Co., Ltd.
• Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.
The total number of stations is tabulated starting from one
on the D side.
Note) Types with 10, 16, or 20 pin are also available. Refer to page 2-4-215 for details.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
08
P
C6
U 1
D
Option
Cable (Length)
Series/Manifold
05
12
VQ0000
VQ1000
Connector
entry direction
Plug lead
unit
Stations
1 station
···
···
01
16 16 stations Note)
Note) As an option, the maximum
number of stations can be
increased by special wiring
specifications. For details,
refer to page 2-4-216.
U
S
Top (Vertical)
Side (Horizontal)
Without cable
0
1 With cable (1.5 m)
2 With cable (3 m)
3 With cable (5 m)
Cylinder port
Symbol
Port size
VQ0000 VQ1000
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
M5
CM With mixed size/with port plug
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug” on
the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings, refer
to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
Symbol
Option
B
With back pressure check valve
D
DIN rail mounting style
Special wiring specification
(Not double wiring)
With name plate
Built-in silencer
(Direct exhaust)
K
N
S
VQ0000 VQ1000
(2)
(3)
(4)
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
specified, indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
back pressure check valve at all
manifold stations. If not all stations
need this check valve, specify the
stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) P kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000
are equipped with a DIN rail, so
indicate suffix “D”.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on
the manifold specification sheet.
2-4-192
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
VQC
SQ
VQ0
Electrical
wiring specifications
VQ4
Flat ribbon cable connector
VQ5
{
{
3 stations {
4 stations {
5 stations {
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
1 station
2 stations
Connector
terminal no.
Triangle mark
indicator position
Terminal no.
SOL.A 1
SOL.B 2
SOL.A 3
SOL.B 4
SOL.A 5
SOL.B 6
SOL.A 7
SOL.B 8
SOL.A 9
SOL.B 10
SOL.A 11
SOL.B 12
SOL.A 13
SOL.B 14
SOL.A 15
SOL.B 16
COM. 25
COM. 26
Electrical wiring
specifications
VQZ
Polarity
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(+)
(–)
(–)
VQD
Note)
Positive common Negative common
specifications
specifications
As the standard electrical wiring specifications, double wiring (connected to SOL. A
and SOL. B) is adopted for the internal wiring of each station for 8 stations or less,
regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 2-4-216.
Note) When using the negative commons specifications, use valves for negative
common. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
5 LO
Series
Manual override
VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual) Note)
C
VQ1000
Type of actuation
Electrical entry
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
(VQ1000 only)
0
1
—
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
Seal
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note 1) For negative common
Note 2) specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4126.
Connector assembly
will be required when
the P kits add a valve.
For part nos., refer to
“Option” on page 2-4126.
H
High
(1.5 W) —
pressure type Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
—
type
e
sid
U
VQ0000 VQ1000
3
5
6
io
at
···
···
—
···
···
—
e
···
1
sid
Symbol Specifications DC
AC
Standard (1.0 W) Note)
Nil
type
100 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
110 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
3
Function
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When part
nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using the
manifold specification sheet.
St
Coil voltage
VQ0000 Plug lead
VQ1000 unit
Note) Plug connector and lead wire are attached to the
manifold.
Body type
5
1
VQ0000 VQ1000
LO L plug connector without connector
MO M plug terminal without connector
D
5
Note) VQ1000 only.
2 position single
2 position double
VV5Q12-08C6PU1-D ···1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1110-5LO ······ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1210-5LO ······ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
2
1
2
3
4
<Example>
Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
1
0
1
ns
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
Specify the part numbers for valves and
options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to
page 2-4-186.
2-4-193
~
= 300 ( Lead wire length)
VQ0000
L4
76 (M plug connector) <81>
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
66
5.5
42
35
61.5
26
5.5
L3
Lead wire 0.2 mm2
Cover dia. ø1.5
80
5.2
51.5
P
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
Indicator light
Applicable connector:
D-sub connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
P = 10.7
23.3
L1
4.5
n
27
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Stations
D side
Side entry connector [-PS]
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
P = 10.7
Applicable connector:
Flat ribbon cable
connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
63
(M plug connector)
~
=5
(L plug connector)
7.5
11
17.5
16.7
30.7
25.4
19.7
58
15.5
50
2-C6
R (EXH) port
2-C6
P (SUP) port
8
58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
27
L2
U side
~
=4
DIN rail clamp screw
Indicator light
(M plug connector)
< >: AC
(L plug connector)
Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-PU]
n
L
L1
L2
L3
L4
1
2
3
4
5
46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5
55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5
112.5 125 125
137.5 150
123
135.5 135.5 148
160.5
6
100.2
109.2
162.5
173
7
110.9
119.9
175
185.5
8
121.6
130.6
187.5
198
9
132.3
141.3
200
210.5
10
143
152
200
210.5
11
153.7
162.7
212.5
223
12
164.4
173.4
225
235.5
13
175.1
184.1
237.5
248
14
185.8
194.8
250
260.5
15
196.5
205.5
262.5
273
16
207.2
216.2
275
285.5
Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-PS]
n
L
L3
L4
2-4-194
1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
4
5
6
7
8
9
137.5 150 150
162.5 175
187.5 200
212.5 225
225
237.5 250
262.5 275
287.5 300
148
160.5 160.5 173
185.5 198
210.5 223
235.5 235.5 248
260.5 273
285.5 298
310.5
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
VQ1000
Indicator light
Manual
override
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
~
=6
VQZ
DIN rail clamp screw
VQD
1 (Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
Applicable connector: D-sub connector (26P)
D side
Stations ·· 1 ···2 ··· 3 ·· 4 ·· 5 ··6 ···7 ··8 ·· n
U side
R (EXH) port
Side entry connector [-PS]
P (SUP) port
Manual override for
serial connection
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
P = 10.5
Applicable connector:
Flat ribbon cable connector (26P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
Dimensions: Top Entry Connector [-PU]
n
L
L1
L2
L3
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
166.5 177
187.5 198
208.5 219
229.5 240
82.5 93
103.5 114
124.5 135
145.5 156
225
237.5 250
262.5 275
287.5 287.5
137.5 150
150
162.5 175
187.5 200
212.5 225
235.5 235.5 248
260.5 273
285.5 298
298
148
160.5 160.5 173
185.5 198
210.5 223
Dimensions: Side Entry Connector [-PS]
n
L
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
162.5 175
187.5 187.5 200
212.5 225
237.5 250
250
262.5 275
287.5 300
312.5 312.5
173
185.5 198
198
210.5 223
235.5 248
260.5 260.5 273
285.5 298
310.5 323
323
2-4-195
T
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Terminal block)
It is a standard terminal block type.
Two quantities of terminals can be selected in accordance with the
number of stations. (8 terminals/16 terminals)
Maximum stations are 8. (16 stations as an option)
VV5Q05
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Electrical wiring specifications
Applicable
stations
Port
Port size
location 1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Series
VQ0000
Side
C6
C3, C4, M5
Max.16 stations
VQ1000
Side
C6
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max.16 stations
T1
U
ta
S
s
e
sid ion
t
D
Terminal no.
e
sid
3
2
1
T2
Cover
Terminal no.
COM
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(+)
VV5Q05
Terminal block
connections
Open the terminal block cover to connect the wires to
the terminal block. (With M3 thread)
The quantity of terminal blocks
used depends on the number of
manifold stations
Manifold
Terminal blocks
1 to 4 stations
1 row
5 to 8 stations
2 rows
Note) Wiring other than those above
is possible. For details, refer
to page 2-4-216.
U
In the case of double wiring (standard spec.)
T1 (Terminal block of 1 row): 1-4 stations
T2 (Terminal block of 2 rows): 5-8 stations
T1 and T2 can be optionally chosen by adopting the combinations of
single and double wiring (option spec.) etc.
ns
{
6 stations {
7 stations {
8 stations {
5 stations
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
io
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
COM.
D
sid
e
3
···
···
···
···
St
at
COM
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(–)
(+)
sid
e
{
2 stations {
3 stations {
4 stations {
1 station
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
SOL.A
SOL.B
COM.
1
Terminal no.
Double wiring (connected to SOL. A
and SOL. B) is adopted for the
internal wiring of each station,
regardless of valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is
available as an option. For details,
refer to page 2-4-216.
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
08 C6
T
2
D
Series/Manifold
05
12
VQ0000
VQ1000
Plug lead
unit
Stations
16 16 stations Note)
Note) Refer to page 2-4216 for details.
Cylinder ports
Symbol
C3
C4
C6
M5
CM
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug Note)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port plug”
on the manifold specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch fittings,
refer to “Option” on page 2-4-216.
2-4-196
Option
B
With back pressure check valve
(2)
D
DIN rail mounting style
(3)
K
Special wiring specifications (Not double wiring)
(4)
N
With name plate
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
S
1 station
···
···
01
Option
Symbol
Number of terminals
1
Applicable stations
8 terminals in 1 row 1 to 4 stations (Double wiring),
8 stations (Single wiring)
Applicable stations
2 16 terminals in 2 rows 5 to 8 stations (Double wiring),
16 stations (Single wiring)
Note) The number of terminal blocks can be chosen
regardless of station qty. Suffix the option
symbol, “K” when the wiring specifications are
special.
VQ0000 VQ1000
Note 1) When two or more symbols are specified, indicate
them alphabetically.
Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the back pressure
check valve at all manifold stations. If not all stations
need this check valve, specify the stations where
check valves are installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) T kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000 are equipped with
a DIN rail, so indicate suffix “-D”.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on the manifold
specification sheet.
Base Mounted
VQ0000/1000
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
How to Order Valves
How to Order Manifold Assembly
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
Specify the part numbers for valves and
options together beneath the manifold base
part number.
5
Series
Manual override
VQ0000
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual) Note)
C
VQ1000
Type of actuation
2 position single
1
2 position double
2
3 position closed center
3
3 position exhaust center
4
5 3 position pressure center (VQ1000 only)
Note) Available only for VQ1000
Electrical entry
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When
part nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using
the manifold specification sheet.
U
Plug lead
unit
ns
sid
e
Prefix the asterisk
to the part nos. of
the solenoid valve,
etc.
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note 1) For negative common
specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4216.
Note 2) Connector assembly will
be required when the T
kits add a valve.
For part nos., refer to
“Option” on page 2-4216.
Symbol Specifications
—
3
110 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
—
24 VDC
12 VDC
···
100 VAC
(50/60 Hz)
e
1
···
3
Function
sid
Seal
0
1
···
···
St
at
io
Coil voltage VQ0000 VQ1000
2
VQ1000
—
VV5Q12-07C6T2-D ··· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1110-5LO ········ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1210-5LO ········ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
1
VQ0000
Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are
attached to the manifold.
Body type
5
1
VQ0000 VQ1000
LO L plug connector without connector
MO M plug connector without connector
<Example>
Flat ribbon cable kit with 3 m cable
D
0
1
DC
AC
Note)
Nil
Standard (1.0 W)
type
H
(1.5 W)
High
pressure type
—
wattage (0.5 W)
Y Lowtype
—
5
6
Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-186.
2-4-197
T
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Terminal block)
n
U side
27
7
6
5
4
3
2
Stations
1
D side
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: ø5 thread
P = 10.7
15.5
45
7.5
11
19.7
16.7
30.7
25.4
58
8
58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
12
50
2-C6
R(EXH) port
2-C6
1(P) SUP port
30
121 (M plug connector) <131>
76 (M plug connector) <81>
66
P = 10.7
L1
L2
55.5
23.3
4.5
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
26
5.5
35
5.5
42
61.5
DIN rail
clamp screw
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
L4
L3
5.2
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
~
= 300
(Lead wire length)
VQ0000
This drawing shows the case of VV5Q05-T2-D.
< >: AC
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
L3
L4
1
46.7
55.7
125
135.5
2-4-198
Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45
2
57.4
66.4
137.5
148
3
68.1
77.1
150
160.5
4
78.8
87.8
150
160.5
5
89.5
98.5
162.5
173
6
100.2
109.2
175
185.5
7
110.9
119.9
187.5
198
8
121.6
130.6
200
210.5
9
132.3
141.3
212.5
223
10
143
152
225
235.5
11
153.7
162.7
225
235.5
12
164.4
173.4
237.5
248
n: Station (Maximum16 stations)
13
175.1
184.1
250
260.5
14
185.8
194.8
262.5
273
15
196.5
205.5
275
285.5
16
207.2
216.2
287.5
298
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
VQ1000
VQC
Indicator light
Manual override
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
DIN rail clamp screw
~
=6
VQZ
VQD
D side
Stations ··1 ·· 2 ·· 3 ·· 4 ·· 5 ···6 ···7 ·· 8 ··· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
1(P) SUP port
Manual override for
serial connection
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
P = 10.5
This drawing shows the case of VV5Q12-T2-D.
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
L3
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
82.5
150
160.5
93
162.5
173
103.5
175
185.5
114
187.5
198
124.5
187.5
198
135
200
210.5
145.5
212.5
223
8
156
225
235.5
9
166.5
237.5
248
10
177
250
260.5
11
187.5
250
260.5
12
198
262.5
273
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
13
208.5
275
285.5
14
219
287.5
298
15
16
229.5
300
310.5
240
312.5
323
2-4-199
C
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Connector)
Standard with lead wires plug-connected to each valve individually.
Maximum stations are 16.
VV5Q05
Manifold Specifications
Porting specifications
Max. 16
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max.16 stations
ns
C3, C4, M5
C8
tio
C6
Side
e
Side
VQ1000
ta
S
VQ0000
sid
Port
location
U
Applicable
stations
Port size
1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Series
D
e
2
sid
3
1
Wiring specifications: Positive COM The lead wires are connected to the valve as shown below. Connect
each to the power supply side.
Lead wire color
24 VDC 100 VAC 200 VAC
110 V
220 V
SOL.A (–)
Black
(Blue)
[Red]
Red
(Blue)
[Red]
Lead wire color
24 VDC 100 VAC 200 VAC
110 V
220 V
SOL.A (–)
Black
(Yellow)
Red
(Blue)
[Red]
(Gray)
[Gray]
COM(+)(–) White
COM ( + )
[Yellow]
SOL.B
Single solenoid VQ0000 double
Black (Blue) [Red]:
A side solenoid (–)
Red (Blue) [Red]:
COM (+)
VQ1000 double solenoid
Note ( ) is for 100, 110 VAC
[ ] is for 200, 220 VAC
Black (Yellow) [Yellow]:
A side solenoid (–)
Us
St ide
at
ion
s
Red (Blue) [Red]:
COM (+)
Plug connector lead wire length
1
2
3
Ds
ide
Note) The length of the lead wire provided
White (Gray) [Gray]:
is 300 mm. When ordering a valve
B side solenoid (–)
with a lead wire of 600 mm or
longer, be sure to indicate the
model number of the valve without Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm
VQ1110-5LO··········· 3 pcs.
connector and connector assembly.
AXT661-14A-10 ····· 3 pcs.
Connector Assembly (For DC)
Part no. for single
Part no. for
& VQ0000 double
VQ1000 double
AXT661-12A
AXT661-14A
AXT661-13A
AXT661-14A-6
AXT661-13A-6
AXT661-14A-10
AXT661-13A-10
AXT661-14A-20
AXT661-13A-20
AXT661-14A-30
AXT661-13A-30
Lead wire length
Socket (3 pcs.)
300 mm
600 mm
1000 mm
2000 mm
3000 mm
Note) 100/110 VAC for single: AXT661-31A-; for double: AXT661-32A-
200/220 VAC for single: AXT661-34A-; for double: AXT661-35A-
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
08 C6
C
N
Option
Cylinder port
Series/Manifold
05
12
VQ0000
VQ1000
Plug lead
unit
Stations
2-4-200
···
1 station
···
01
16
16 stations
VQ0000 VQ1000
Symbol
Port size
C3
C4
C6
M5
CM
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
—
M5 thread
With mixed size/with port plug
Symbol
Option
VQ0000
VQ1000
Nil
None
—
B
With back pressure check valve
—
(2)
D
DIN rail mounting style
(3)
N
With name plate
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
S
Note)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with port
plug”
on
the
manifold
Note 2) specification sheet.
For One-touch fittings in inch
sizes, refer to “Option” on page
2-4-216.
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
specified, indicate them alphabetically.
Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
back pressure check valve at all
manifold stations. If not all stations
need this check valve, specify the
stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) VQ1000 are all equipped with a DIN
rail, so indicate suffix “-D“.
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
Wiring specifications: Negative COM (Option) for VQ1000
The lead wires are connected to the valve as shown below.
Connect each to the power supply side.
Lead wire color
SOL.A (+)
VQC
Lead wire color
SOL.A (+)
Red
Red
SQ
COM (–) Black
COM (–) Black
SOL.B (+)
VQ0
White
Single solenoid
Double solenoid
VQ4
Red: A side solenoid (+)
Black: COM (–)
VQ5
Red: A side solenoid (+)
VQZ
Black: COM (–)
VQD
Plug connector lead wire length
Note) The length of the lead wire provided
is 300 mm. When ordering a valve
with a lead wire of 600 mm or
longer, be sure to indicate the
model number of the valve without
connector and connector assembly.
White: B side solenoid (+)
Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm
VQ1110N-5LO······3 pcs.
AXT661-14AN-10······3 pcs.
Connector Assembly Part No.
Lead wire length
Socket (3 pcs.)
300 mm
600 mm
1000 mm
2000 mm
3000 mm
Double solenoid
part no.
Single
AXT661-12A
AXT661-14AN
AXT661-13AN
AXT661-14AN-6
AXT661-13AN-6
AXT661-14AN-10
AXT661-13AN-10
AXT661-14AN-20
AXT661-13AN-20
AXT661-13AN-30
AXT661-14AN-30
Note) When using the negative common specifications, use valves
for negative common.
(Series VQ050 has no polarity, so the negative common is applicable to standard models.)
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
5 L
Electrical entry
—
M plug terminal without connector
—
Coil voltage
Seal
Metal seal
0
Rubber seal
1
Note 1) For negative common
specifications, refer to
“Option” on page 2-4216.
Function
Symbol Specifications
DC AC
Standard (1.0 W) Note)
Nil
type
H
High
(1.5 W) —
pressure type Y
Low wattage (0.5 W) —
type
1
2
3
4
5
6
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
VQ0000 VQ1000
—
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
—
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
—
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
—
24 VDC
12 VDC
e
Plug lead
unit
ns
io
Write sequentially from the
1st station on the D side.
When part nos. written
collectively are complicated,
specify by using the manifold
specification sheet.
at
VQ1000
L plug connector without connector
M plug connector with lead wire
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
sid
VQ0000
St
5
1
—
U
Body type
L plug connector with lead wire
··
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
(VQ1000 only)
VQ0000 VQ1000
Grommet (Except AC)
···
G
L
LO
M
MO
3 position closed center
···
5
Note) Available only for VQ1000.
2 position single
2 position double
···
1
2
3
4
VV5Q12-08C6C-D ···· 1 set–Manifold base no.
∗VQ1110-5 ············ 3 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 3)
∗VQ1210-5 ············ 4 sets–Valve part no. (Stations 4 to 7)
∗VVQ1000-10A-1··· 1 set–Blanking plate part no. (stations 8)
e
Type of actuation
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual) Note)
C
3
VQ1000
sid
VQ0000
<Example>
Connector kit
2
0
1
Manual override
D
Series
type,
1
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
Please indicate manifold base
corresponding valve, and option parts.
Note) For power consumption
of AC type, refer to page
2-4-186.
2-4-201
C
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Connector)
VQ0000
1
1
23.3
8
7
6
5
3
4
2
1
Stations
D side
3 position 115
123.5
48.5
(Lead wire length)
Grommet
L/M type plug connector
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
P = 10.7
14.5
(7.5)
(11)
8.7
19.7
36
~
= 300
39
47
27
15.5
11
47
(M plug connector)
53
(L plug connector)
5.7
6.5
2-C6
3(R) EXH port
2-C6
P(SUP) port
n
Indicator light
P = 10.7
L1
L2
4.5
U side
~
=4
DIN rail
clamp screw
Lead wire: 0.2 mm2
Cover O.D. ø1.4
Double 107
66
77.5
26
76 (M plug connector) <81>
5.5
61.5
42
(35)
(5.5)
Mounting hole for 4-M4
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
(L4)
(L3)
5.2
Single 69
~
= 300 (Lead wire)
The broken lines indicate DIN rail mounting style [-D].
< >: AC
Dimensions
L
n
L1
L2
(L3)
(L4)
2-4-202
1
46.7
55.7
87.5
98
2
3
4
5
57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5
66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5
87.5 100 112.5 125
98 110.5 123 135.5
Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2 = 10.7n + 45
6
100.2
109.2
137.5
148
7
110.9
119.9
150
160.5
8
121.6
130.6
162.5
173
9
132.3
141.3
162.5
173
10
143
152
175
185.5
11
153.7
162.7
187.5
198
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
12
164.4
173.4
200
210.5
13
175.1
184.1
212.5
223
14
185.8
194.8
225
235.5
15
196.5
205.5
225
235.5
16
207.2
216.2
237.5
248
Base Mounted
VQ0000/1000
Plug Lead Unit Series
~
= 300 (Lead wire length)
VQ1000
VQC
Indicator light
Manual
override
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
DIN rail clamp screw
~
=6
VQD
D side
Stations ····1 ··· 2 ···· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ··· 6 ····7 ···· 8 ····· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
1(P) SUP port
Manual override for
serial connection
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
L3
P = 10.5
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
14
82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
112.5 112.5 125 137.5 150 162.5 175 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5
123 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273
2-4-203
S
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
G 1/2
VV5Q12
Standard
VV5Q05
VV5Q12
Dusttight (-XP)
G 1/2 prepared hole
Manifold Specifications
Series
Port
location
Porting specifications
Port size
1(P), 3(R)
4(A), 2(B)
Applicable
stations
VQ0000
Side
C6
C3, C4, M5
Max.16 stations
VQ1000
Side
C8
C3, C4, C6, M5
Max.16 stations
Type SA
With general type SI unit
(Series EX300)
Type SB
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
1
2
3
D
sid
e
···
···
···
···
···
··· U si
St de
at
io
ns
The serial transmission system reduces wiring work, while minimizing
wiring and saving space.
The system comes in type SA (generic for small scale systems) for
equipment with a small number of I/O points, or 32 points max., type
SB (applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models) for controlling 512 I/O
points max., type SC (applicable to OMRON models), type SD
(applicable to SHARP models: 504 points max.), type SF (applicable to
NKE models: 128 points max.), type SJ (applicable to SUNX models),
type SK (applicable to Fuji Electric models), type SQ (applicable to
OMRON’s Compo Bus/D), and type SR (applicable to OMRON’s
Compo Bus/S).
Max. 8 stations. (Specify a option model with 9 to 16 stations by using
the manifold specification sheet.)
STATION NO.
Name of terminal block (LED)
ADDRESS NO.
Item
Current
consumption
(Internal unit)
0V
S1
S2
SG
R1
R2
FG
24V
Description
Lighting during data reception
when received data is normal;
RUN/ERR Blinking
Lighting when data reception
• T unit
Can be connected with PLC I/O card for serial
transmission.
EX300-TMB1···· For models of Mitsubishi
Electric Corporation
EX300-TTA1···· For models of OMRON
Corporation
EX300-TFU1···· For models of Fuji Electric
Co., Ltd.
EX300-T001··· For general models
∗ Up to 32 points per unit.
• No. of output points, 16 point
Specifications
0V
SDA SDB
ù1
SG RDA RDB
FG
Description
LED
POWER Lighting when power is turned ON
RUN Lighting when data transmission
with the master station is normal
Lighting during data reception
RD
Lighting during data transmission
SD
Lighting when reception data error occurs
ERR. Light turns off when the error is corrected
LED
TRD
M3 screw
External power supply 24 VDC, +10%, –5%
POWER RUN SD RD ERR
TRD
ù10
24V
Note
Stations are counted from
station 1 on the D side.
Double wiring (connected to
SOL. A and SOL. B) is
adopted for the internal wiring
of each station, regardless of
valve and option types. Mixed
single and double wiring is
available as an option. For
details, refer to page 2-4-216.
RUN
ERR
• Master station:
PLC made by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
Series MELSEC-A
AJ71PT32-S3, AJ71T32-S3
A1SJ71PT32-S3
∗ Max. 64 stations, connected to remote I/O
stations (Max. 512 points).
• No. of output points, 16 points. No. of sta.
occupied, 2 stations
∗ For details on specifications and handling, refer to the separate technical instruction manual.
SA, SB, SD, SE, SF, SG,
SJ, SK, SQ, SR, SH, SV: 0.1A
SC: 0.3A
How to Order Manifold
VV5Q 12
S
08 C6
A
D
Series/Manifold
05
12
VQ0000
VQ1000
1 station
Model
···
···
16 16 stations Note)
Note 1)
Cylinder port
Symbol
Dust-protected type (-XP) (VQ1000 only)
Suffix “-XP” for the dust-protected type SI unit.
(Except SE and SQ.)
Option
Plug lead
unit
Stations
01
XP
Port size
C3 With One-touch fittings for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
Note)
For details,
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
refer to page
M5 thread
M5
2-4-216.
CM With mixed size/with port plug
B
VQ0000 VQ1000
—
Note 2)
Note 1) Specify “Mixed size/with
port plug” on the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 2) For inch-size One-touch
fittings, refer to “Option” on
page 2-4-216.
0
A
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
Note 2)
C
D
E
F1
G
H
J1
J2
K
Q
R1
R2
V
Without SI unit
With general type SI unit (Series EX300)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.:
MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System
OMRON Corp.: SYSBUS Wire System
Max.16
SHARP Corp.: Satellite I/O Link System
stations
Matsushita Electric Works: MEWNET-F System
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire System (16 output points)
Rockwell Automation: Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System
NKE Corp.: Uni-wire H System
SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (16 output points)
Max. 8
SUNX Corp.: S-LINK System (8 output points) stations
Fuji Electric Co.: T-LINK Mini System
Max.16
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corp.)
stations
OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
Max. 8
OMRON Corp.: CompoBus/S System (8 output points) stations
16
Mitsubishi Electric Corp.: CC-LINK System Max.
stations
Note 1) The general type requires a transmission
unit on CPU side.
Note 2) Usable only for VQ1000
2-4-204
Symbol
Option
B
With back pressure check valve
—
(2)
D
DIN rail mounting
Special wiring specifications
(Not double wiring)
(3)
(4)
With name plate
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust
K
N
S
VQ0000 VQ1000 Note
Note 1) When two or more symbols are
specified,
indicate
them
alphabetically.
Example) -BNS
Note 2) Models with a suffix “-B” have the
back pressure check valve at all
manifold stations. If not all stations
need this check valve, specify the
stations where check valves are
installed by using the manifold
specification sheet.
Note 3) S kit of VQ0000 and all of VQ1000
are equipped with a DIN rail, so
indicate suffix “-D”.
Note 4) Specify the wiring specifications on
the manifold specification sheet.
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
SI unit output and coil numbering
<Wiring example 1>
<Wiring example 2> Mixed wiring is available as an option.
B
UnUnA used A used A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
B
A
B
A
A
A
B
Double
A
0
Single
B
SI unit
output no.
Single
A
2
7
VQC
2
3
4
5
SQ
Double
9
1
6
SI Unit
8
Stations
5
Single
4
Single
3
Single
2
Double
1
Double
0
SI Unit
SI unit
output no.
Double
Use the manifold specification sheet to specify.
3
4
5
Stations
1
Single/Double Mixed Wiring (Option)
Double wiring (Standard)
VQ0
Type SD
SHARP Corporation
Satellite I/O Link System
ADDRESS NO.
–
+
–
FG
24V
LED
Description
RUN
Lights when transmission is normal and
PLC is in operation mode
T/R
ERR
Blinks during data transmission/reception
ON when transmission is abnormal
• Master station unit:
OMRON PLC
SYSMAC C(CV) series
Types C500-RM201 and C200H-RM201
∗ 32 units max., transmission terminal
connection
(512 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points
0V
L1
L2
SG
L1
L2
VQD
SG
Description
ON when power supply is ON
Lights when power is ON and
RUN
slave stations are operating normally
Lights when slave station switch setting is
ERROR abnormal, communication is abnormal,
PLC stopped and defective slave unit
LED
POWER
ON for master unit control input
• Master station unit:
SHARP’s PLC
New Satellite Series W
ZW-31LM
New Satellite Series JW
JW-23LM, JW-31LM
∗ Max. 31 units, I/O slave stations connected
(504 points max.)
• No. of output points, 16 points
How to Order Manifold Assembly
How to Order Valves
VQ 1 1 1 0 Y
Series
Nil Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required)
B
Locking type (Manual) Note)
C
VQ1000
Type of actuation
Note) Available only for VQ1000
Electrical entry
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
3 position pressure center
(VQ1000 only)
VQ0000
VQ1000
—
Prefix the asterisk to
the part nos. of the
solenoid valve, etc.
sid
U
ns
io
at
··
e
Seal
Metal seal
Rubber seal
Note) Connector assembly will be
required when the S kits add
a valve.
For part nos., refer to “Option”
on page 2-4-216.
24 VDC; With light/surge
voltage suppressor
Write sequentially from the 1st
station on the D side. When
part nos. written collectively are
complicated, specify by using
the manifold specification
sheet.
St
Coil voltage
5
Plug lead
unit
0
1
Note) Plug connector and lead wire layers are attached to the
manifold.
Body type
5
1
VQ0000 VQ1000
LO L plug terminal without connector
MO M plug terminal without connector
e
2 position single
2 position double
···
5
VV5Q12-08C6SA-D ···· 1 set-Manifold base no.
∗VQ1110-5LO ····· 4 sets-Valve part no. (Stations 1 to 4)
∗VQ1210-5LO ····· 3 sets-Valve part no. (Stations 5 to 8)
···
1
2
3
4
<Example>
Serial transmission kit
Manual override
VQ0000
type,
3
0
1
Please indicate manifold base
corresponding valve, and option parts.
5 LO
2
+
ù1
sid
0V
R.SET
HOLD
Note
VQZ
POWER RUN SD RD ERR
TRD
ù10
24V
VQ5
STATION NO.
D
RUN
ERR
VQ4
1
Name of terminal block (LED)
Type SC
OMRON Corporation
SYSBUS Wire System
Function
Symbol Specifications
Nil
Standard
type
DC
(1.0 W)
H
High
(1.5 W)
pressure type
Y
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
2-4-205
S
VQ0000/1000
Kit (Serial transmission unit)
~
= 300 (Lead wire)
VQ0000
23.3
n
27
15.5
65
141
7
6
5
P = 10.7
4
3
2
1
Stations
58
(M plug connector)
64
(L plug connector)
D side
2n-C3, C4, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
7.5
30.7
25.4
19.7
17.5
16.7
11
38.5
50
58
2-C6
3 (R) (EXH port)
2-C6
(P) SUP port
8
83.5
~
=5
Indicator light
65
The DWG shows the SA type
(General type)
U side
51.5
26
Flat ribbon
cable unit
Mounting screw
P = 10.7
L1
L2
4.5
66
RUNTRD
ERR
61.5
42
35
5.5
8
DIN rail
clamp screw
MODEL SA
24V 0V S1 S2 SG R1 R2 FG
2
46
ADDRESS
D4632
F
5.5
Applicable connector:
Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
76 (M plug connector) <81>
69.5 (L plug connector) <75>
121 (M plug connector) <131>
108 (L plug connector) <118.5>
131 (M plug connector) <141>
118 (L plug connector) <128>
L4
L3
5.2
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
L3
L4
2-4-206
Formula L1 = 10.7n + 36, L2= 10.7n + 45
1
2
3
4
5
6
46.7 57.4 68.1 78.8 89.5 100.2
55.7 66.4 77.1 87.8 98.5 109.2
225
237.5 250
250
262.5 275
235.5 248
260.5 260.5 273
285.5
7
110.9
119.9
287.5
298
8
121.6
130.6
300
310.5
9
132.3
141.3
312.5
323
10
143
152
325
335.5
11
153.7
162.7
325
335.5
n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
12
164.4
173.4
337.5
348
13
175.1
184.1
350
360.5
14
185.8
194.8
362.5
373
15
196.5
205.5
375
385.5
16
207.2
216.2
387.5
398
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
VQ1000
VQC
SQ
VQ0
~
= 4.5
VQ4
The DWG shows a SB type
(applicable to Mitsubishi Electric models)
VQ5
Applicable connector: Flat ribbon cable connector (20P)
(Conforming to MIL-C-83503)
VQZ
Dusttight SI unit
VQD
Indicator light
Manual
override
DIN rail clamp screw
~
=6
The DWG shows a SA type
(General type)
D side
Stations ·· 1 ··· 2 ··· 3 ··· 4 ··· 5 ···6 ···7 ··· 8 ··· n
U side
3(R) EXH port
1(P) SUP port
Manual override for
serial connection
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
Dimensions
n
L
L1
L2
L3
P = 10.5
Dust-protected type SI unit: L4 = L3 + 25, L5 = L4 + 25
Formula L1 = 10.5n + 72 n: Station (Maximum 16 stations)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
82.5 93 103.5 114 124.5 135 145.5 156 166.5 177 187.5 198 208.5 219 229.5 240
162.5 175 187.5 200 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 262.5 275 275 287.5 300 312.5 325
173 185.5 198 210.5 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5
∗ Manifolds with SI unit for Matsushita Electric Works’ MEWNET FP and Rockwell Automation’s model are the same with L4
and L5 dimensions of dustproof SI unit.
2-4-207
Base Mounted
Series
VQ0000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ0000
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ0000-10A-5
JIS Symbol
It is used by attaching on the manifold block for
being prepared for removing a valve for
maintenance reasons or planning to mount a spare
valve, etc.
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ0000-P-5-C4
When the same manifold is to be used for different
pressures, this spacer is mounted under the valve
to equip each valve with an individual supply port.
D side
Valve
+
Individual SUP
Valve
Valve
spacer
Valve
U side
D side
Valve
+
Individual EXH
Valve
Valve
spacer
Valve
U side
C4 (SUP port)
One-touch fitting
for ø4
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ0000-R-5-C4
C4 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting
for ø4
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to
the circuit configuration, this spacer is mounted
under the valve to equip each valve with an
individual valve exhaust.
SUP/EXH block plate
VVQ0000-16A-5- PR (SUP)
(EXH)
PR (SUP/EXH)
1(P) (For SUP)
When different pressures, high and low, are
supplied to one manifold, block a plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures.
3(R) (For EXH)
SUP port block
SUP/EXH port block
EXH port block
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to
the circuit configuration, this plate is used between
the stations where exhaust should be separated.
1(P), 3(R) (For SUP/EXH)
When blocking SUP and EXH simultaneously,
SUP/EXH block plate (PR) is used.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
Ds
ide
Us
ide
<Blocking indication label>
When blocking the SUP, EXH passage with a
SUP, EXH block plate, indication label for
confirmation of the blocking position from
outside is attached. (One label for each)
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached
to the manifold.
Name plate [-N∗]
VVQ0000-N5-Station (1 to Max. stations)
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that
indicates solenoid valve function, etc.
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate
and bend it as shown in the figure.
2-4-208
SUP passage blocked
(VVQ0000-16A-5-P)
EXH passage blocked
(VVQ0000-16A-5-R)
SUP/EXH passage blocked
(VVQ0000-16A-5-PR)
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “N” to the manifold no.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ0000
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings)
23
KQ2P- 04
06
Dimensions
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH
ports.
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Applicable
fitting
size ød
3.2
4
6
Model
A
KQ2P-23
KQP-04
KQP-06
16
16
18
L
D
31.5 3.2
32
6
35
8
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a
manifold, add suffix “-D” to the manifold no.
DIN rail mounting bracket [-D]
VVQ0000-57A-5 (VQ0000)
It is used for mounting a VV5Q05 type manifold on a DIN
rail. The DIN rail mounting bracket is fixed to the manifold
end plate. (The specification is the same as that for the
option “-D”.)
1 set of DIN rail mounting bracket is used for 1 set of
manifold (2 DIN rail mounting brackets).
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
DIN rail clamp screw
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a
manifold, add suffix “-S” to the manifold no.
Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S]
This is an exhaust port on the manifold end plate. The builtin silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression effect.
(Silencing effect: 20 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the
air source results in exhaust of air together
with drainage.
For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-214.
EXH outlet
Silencer (For EXH port)
This is inserted into the centralized type
EXH port (One-touch fitting).
Dimensions
Applicable
Model
fitting
A
size ød
VQ0000
AN103-X233 20
6
Series
L
D
37
11
Effective Noise
area reduction
(dB)
(mm2)
7
25
2-4-209
VQZ
VQD
Base Mounted
Series
VQ1000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ1000
Blanking plate assembly
VVQ1000-10A-1
JIS Symbol
It is used by attaching on the manifold block for being
prepared for removing a valve for maintenance reasons or
planning to mount a spare valve, etc.
Individual SUP spacer
VVQ1000-P-2-C6
Individual SUP spacer
C6 (SUP port)
D side
When the same manifold is to be used for different
One-touch fitting for ø6
pressures, individual SUP spacers are used as SUP
ports for different pressures. (One station space is
occupied.)
ide
Block both sides of the station, for which the supply
Us
pressure from the individual SUP spacer is used, with SUP
block plate
ide
SUP block plates. (Refer to the application ex.)
Ds
Shut off label
∗ Specify the spacer mounting position and SUP block
A label indicating the SUP passage
plate position on the manifold specification sheet.
blocking position is to be adhered.
The block plates are used in two places for one set.
(Two SUP block plates forblocking SUP station are
attached to the individual SUP spacer.)
Individual EXH spacer
VVQ1000-R-2-C6
When valve exhaust affects other stations due to the
circuit configuration, this spacer is used for individual
valve exhaust. (One station space is occupied.)
Block both sides of the individual valve EXH station.
(See example.)
∗ Specify the mounting position, as well as EXH block
base or EXH block plate position on the manifold
specification sheet. The block plates are used in two
places for one set.
Individual EXH spacer
EXH block plate
C6 (EXH port)
One-touch fitting for ø6
D side
<Blocking indication label>
When using block plates for SUP/EXH passage,
the indication label for confirmation of the
blocking position from outside is attached. (One
label for each)
∗ When ordering a block plate incorporated with the
manifold no., a block indication label is attached to
the manifold.
Back pressure check valve assembly [-B]
VVQ1000-18A
It prevents cylinder malfunction caused by other valve
exhaust. Insert it into R (EXH) port on the manifold
side of a valve which is affected. It is effective when a
single acting cylinder is used or an exhaust center
type solenoid valve is used.
Note) When a check valve for back pressure
prevention is desired to be installed only in
certain manifold stations, write clearly the part
no. and specify the station numbers by using
the manifold specification sheet.
2-4-210
EXH block plate
Individual EXH
Valve spacer
Valve
Valve
U side
ide
Us
EXH block plate
ide
Ds
Shut off label
A label indicating the EXH passage
blocking position is to be adhered.
SUP/EXH block plate
VVQ1000-16A-2
When different pressures, high and low, are supplied
to one manifold, a SUP block plate is inserted
between the stations under different pressures.
When a valve exhaust affects other stations due to the
circuit configuration, this plate is also used between
the stations where exhaust should be separated. It is
also used for individual exhaust by combining an EXH
block plate with an individual EXH spacer.
(2 EXH plates are necessary for 1 station.)
Note) The SUP/EXH block plate is common.
∗ Specify the number of stations on the manifold
specification sheet.
SUP block plate
SUP block plate
U side
Individual SUP
spacer
Valve
Valve Valve
Shut off label
ide
Us
EXH block plate
ide
Ds
SUP block plate
SUP passage blocked
2 pcs. in 1 set
EXH passage blocked
SUP/EXH passage blocked
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with a manifold,
add suffix “-B” to the manifold no.
<Precautions>
1. Back pressure check valve
assembly is assembled with a
check
valve
structure.
However, as slight air leakage
is allowed for the back
pressure, take note the
exhaust air will not be throttled
at the exhaust port.
2. When a back pressure check
valve is mounted, the effective
orifice of the valve will
decrease by about 20%.
Base Mounted
Plug-in Unit Series
VQ1000
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated with
a manifold, add suffix “-N” to the manifold no.
Name plate [-N∗]
VVQ1000-N2-Station (1 to Max. stations)
P = 10.5
It is a transparent resin plate for placing a label that indicates
solenoid valve function, etc.
Insert it into the groove on the side of the end plate and bend it
as shown in the figure.
n: Stations
VQC
Dimensions
Blanking plug (For One-touch fittings)
Applicable
fitting
size ød
3.2
4
6
8
23
KQ2P- 04
06
A
L
D
KQ2P-23
KQP-04
KQP-06
KQP-08
16
16
18
20.5
31.5
32
35
39
3.2
6
8
10
VQ0
∗ When ordering a plug incorporated with a
manifold, indicate “CM” for the port size in
the manifold no., as well as, the mounting
position and number of stations
andcylinder port mounting positions, A
and B, by means of the manifold
specification sheet.
∗ Lightly screw an M3 screw in the port plug
hole and pull it for removal.
VQ5
It is inserted into an unused cylinder port and SUP/EXH ports.
Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Port plug VVQ0000-58A
The plug is used to block the cylinder port when using a 4 port
valve as a 3 port valve.
Hole
∗ When ordering assemblies
incorporated with a manifold,
indicate “L” or “B” for the
manifold port size.
Elbow fittings assembly
C3
VVQ1000-F-L C4
C6
M5
~
= 49.5
It is used for piping that extends upward or downward from the
manifold.
When not mounting it to all manifold stations, clearly write the
elbow type fitting assembly no. and specify the station’s qty and
position by manifold specifications.
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly on the edge of
manifold station and a silencer on EXH port, select a silencer,
AN203-KM8.
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings.
∗ When ordering assemblies incorporated
with a manifold, add suffix “-S” to the
manifold no.
Exhaust port
Built-in silencer, Direct exhaust [-S]
This is an exhaust port on the manifold end plate.
The built-in silencer exhibits an excellent noise suppression
effect. (Silencing effect: 30 dB)
Note) A large quantity of drainage generated in the air source
results in exhaust of air together with drainage.
• For maintenance, refer to page 2-4-214.
2 stations matching fitting assembly
VVQ1000-52A-C8
~
= 23
For driving a cylinder with a large bore, valves for two stations
are operated to double the flow rate. This assembly for the
cylinder port is used in that case. The assembly is equipped
with One-touch fittings for a ø8 bore.
∗ The bore for the manifold no. is “CM”.
Clearly indicate the 2 station matching fitting assembly no.,
and specify the number of stations and positions on the
manifold specification sheet.
Silencer (For EXH port)
This is inserted into the centralized type EXH port
(One-touch fitting).
∗ When mounting elbow fittings assembly (VVQ1000F-L) on the edge of manifold station, select a
silencer, AN203-KM8.
Silencer (AN200-KM8) is interfered with fittings.
~
=A
Dimensions
Series
Applicable
fitting
size ød
VQ1000
8
SQ
Model
08
Effective Noise
area reduction
(mm2)
(dB)
Model
A
L
D
AN200-KM8
59
78
22
20
30
AN203-KM8
32
51
16
14
25
∗
2-4-211
VQ4
VQZ
VQD
Series
VQ0000/1000
Manifold Option Parts for VQ0000/VQ1000
Double check block (Separated type)
VQ1000-FPG-
It is used on the outlet side piping to keep the cylinder in the
intermediate position for a long time. Combining the double check
block with a built-in pilot type double check valve and a 3 position
exhaust center solenoid valve will enable the cylinder to stop in the
middle or maintain its position for a long time.
The combination with a 2 position single/double solenoid valve will
permit this block to be used for preventing the dropping at the
cylinder stroke end when the SUP residual pressure is released.
<Check valve
operation principle>
Cylinder pressure
Specifications
Max. operating pressure
Min. operating pressure
Ambient and fluid temperature
Flow characteristics: C
Max. operating frequency
0.8 MPa
0.15 MPa
–5 to 50°C
0.60 dm3/(s·bar)
180 CPM
rt
po
YL
C
To
VVQ1000-FPG-02 1 set
∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D 2 pcs.
Note) Based on JIS B 8375-1981
(Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa)
SUP side pressure (P1)
Dimensions
Manifold
Single unit
2n-C4, C6
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
~
= 4.5
2-C4, C6
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
~
= 4.5
Mounting hole
for M3
Mounting hole
for M2.5
Residual pressure release
manual override
Residual pressure release
manual override
2-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
D side
Dimensions
L
L
How to Order
n
1
2
Formula L1=11n+20 n: Station (Maximum 24 stations)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12
L1 31 42 53 64 75 86 97 108 119 130 141 152
L2 50 62.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 125 125 137.5 150 162.5 175
L3 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5
DIN rail clamp screw
Stations ····1 ···2 ···3
2n-C3, C4, C6, M5
C3: One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
C6: One-touch fitting for ø6
M5: M5 thread
U side
n 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
L1 163 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 251 262 273 284
L2 187.5 187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250 250 262.5 275 287.5 300
L3 198 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5
<Example>
Double check block
VQ1000-FPG- C4 M5
F
Option
OUT side port size
IN side port size
C4
C6
M5
C3
C4
C6
One-touch fitting for ø4
One-touch fitting for ø6
Manifold
VVQ1000-FPG- 06
Stations
01
1 station
···
···
<Example>
16
16 stations
VVQ1000-FPG-06 ··· 6 types of manifold
∗VQ1000-FPG-C4M5-D, 3 sets Doublecheck
∗VQ1000-FPG-C6M5-D, 3 sets block
Bracket Assembly
Part no.
Tightening torque
VQ1000-FPG-FB 0.22 to 0.25 N·m
2-4-212
Nil
M5 thread
One-touch fitting for ø3.2
One-touch fitting for ø4
One-touch fitting for ø6
F
D
N
None
With bracket
DIN rail mounting
style (For manifold)
Name plate
Note) When two or more symbols
are specified, indicate them
alphabetically.
Example) -DN
Drop
prevention
Intermediate
stops
Caution
• Air leakage from the pipe between the valve and cylinder or from the fittings will prevent the cylinder from stopping for
a long time. Check the leakage using neutral household detergent, such as dish washing soap.
Also check the cylinder’s tube gasket, piston packing and rod packing for air leakage.
• Since One-touch fittings allow slight air leakage, screw piping (with M5 thread) is recommended when stopping the
cylinder in the middle for a long time.
• Combining double check block with 3 position closed center or pressure center solenoid valve will not work.
• M5 fitting assembly is attached, not incorporated into the double check block. After screwing in the M5 fittings, mount
the assembly on the double check block.
{Tightening torque: 0.8 to 1.2 N·m}
• If the exhaust of the double check block is throttled too much, the cylinder may not operate properly and may not stop
intermediately.
• Set the cylinder load so that the cylinder pressure will be within two times that of the supply pressure.
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
Precautions 1
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.
Light/Surge Voltage Suppressor
How to Mount/Remove Solenoid Valve
Caution
Caution
In the case of VQ1000, the standard model is equipped with an
indicator light and surge voltage suppressor. The lighting positions
are concentrated on one side for both single solenoid type and double
solenoid type.
For the double solenoid type, A side and B side energization are
indicated by two colors which match the colors of the manual
overrides.
VQC
SQ
VQ0
Indicator light
Orange
Manual override: Green
Clamp bracket A
Single solenoid
Clamp screw
VQ4
Clamp bracket B
Double solenoid
∗ In the case of VQ0000,
solenoid and manual
override on both sides.
Indicator light
A: Orange
B: Green
Manual override:
Orange
DC circuit diagram
VQ0000
VQ1000 (DC)/Single solenoid
Sop diode
Light
Light
Surge absorption
diode
∗ In the case of VQ0000, solenoid and
manual override on both sides.
VQ1000/Double solenoid
Note) A side energization:
A light (orange) illuminates.
With wrong wiring preventing
ability (stop diode)
B side energization:
B light (green) illuminates.
Equipped with a surge absorption
(surge
absorption
diode)
mechanism.
Sop diode
Surge absorption
diode
How to Remove
1. Loosen the clamp screw until it turns freely. (The screw is captive.)
2. Lift the coil side of the valve body while pressing down slightly on
the screw head and remove it from the clamp bracket B. When the
screw head cannot be pressed easily, gently press the area near
the manual override of the valve.
How to Remove
1. Press down on the clamp screw. Clamp bracket A opens.
Diagonally insert the hook on the valve end plate side into clamp B.
2. Press the valve body downward. (When the screw is released, it
will be locked by clamp bracket A.)
3. Tighten the clamp screw. (Proper tightening torque: 0.25 to 0.35
N·m)
Mounting
1. Dust on the sealing surface of the gasket or solenoid valve can
cause air leakage.
2. In the case of VQ0000, valve mounting screw clamping torque is
0.18 to 0.25 N·m.
Replacement of Cylinder Port Fittings
Caution
Light
Manual Override
Warning
The cylinder port fittings are a cassette for easy replacement.
The fittings are blocked by a clip inserted from the top of manifold.
Remove the clip with a screwdriver to remove fittings.
For replacement, insert the fitting assembly until it strikes against the
inside walland then re-insert the clip to specified position.
Without an electric signal for the solenoid valve the manual override
is used for switching the main valve.
Push type is standard. (Tool required)
Option: Locking type (Tool required/Manual)
Push type (Tool required)
Push down on the manual override
Bore ø3.2
VQ0000
button with a small screwdriver until it
stops. Release the screwdriver and the
manual override will return.
Clip
Fittings assembly
Fittings assembly
VQ1000
Clip
Locking type (Tool required) <Option>
If the manual override is turned by 180°
clockwise and the mark is adjusted to
1, it will be locked in the ON state.
If the manual override is turned by 180°
counterclockwise and the mark is
adjusted to 0, locking will be released
and the manual override will return.
Push down completely on the manualoverride button
with a small screwdriver. While down, turn clockwise
90° to lock it. Turn it counterclockwise to release it.
Bore ø3.2
Locking type (Manual) <Option>
VQ0000
VQ1000
Push down on the manual override button with a small
screwdriver or with your fingers until it stops. Turn clockwise
by 90° to lock it. Turn it counterclockwise to release it.
VQ1000
Caution
Take off the valve
and remove the clip.
Applicable tubing O.D.
Remove the clip
after taking off the manifold.
Fitting assembly part no.
VQ0000
VQ1000
VVQ1000-51A-C3
VVQ1000-50A-C3
Applicable tubing ø3.2
VVQ1000-51A-C4
VVQ1000-50A-C4
Applicable tubing ø4
—
VVQ1000-50A-C6
Applicable tubing ø6
—
VVQ1000-50A-M5
M5
∗ Refer to “Option” on pages 2-4-208 to 2-4-211 for other types of fittings.
Caution
1. Use caution that O-rings must be free from scratches and dust. Otherwise, air
leakage may result.
2. After screwing in the fittings, mount the M5 fitting assembly on the manifold
base. (Tightening torque 0.8 to 1.2 N·m)
3. Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
Do not apply excessive torque when turning the locking type manual override.
(0.1 N·m or less)
2-4-213
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
VQ0000/1000
Series
Precautions 2
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety Instructions and Solenoid Valve Precautions, refer to page 2-9-2.
How to Use Plug Connector
Built-in Silencer Replacement
Caution
Caution
Attaching and detaching connectors
Concave
Cover Pin
Lever
DC indicator
Socket
Concave
Part no. DXT170-71-1
Pin
Lead wire
0.2 to 0.33 mm2
(Max. cover diameter
Hook
ø 1.7 mm)
Connector
Part no. AXT661-12
Cover
Crimping the lead wire
and socket
Peel 3.2 to 3.7 mm of the tip
of lead wire, neatly into a
socket and press contact it by
a press tool.
Be careful so that the cover of
lead wire does not enter into
the core press contacting part.
A silencer element is incorporated in
the end plate on both sides of the
manifold base. A dirty and choked
element may reduce cylinder speed
and cause malfunction. Clean or
replace the dirty element.
To attach a connector, hold
the lever and connector unit
between your fingers and
insert straight onto the pins
of the solenoid valve so that
the lever’s pawl is pushed
into the groove and locks.
Remove the cover from the top of the
end plate and remove the old element
with a screwdriver, etc.
Element part no.
To detach a connector, remove the pawl
from the groove by pushing the lever
downward with your thumb, and pull the
connector straight out.
Core wire
crimping area
Terminal
Crimping area
Core wire
Lead wire
0.2 to 0.33 mm2
Max. cover diameter:
ø1.7 mm
Cover
Attaching and detaching lead wires with sockets
Attaching
Insert a socket in the square hole (Indicated as + , — ) of connector, push
in the lead wire and lock by hanging the hook of socket to the seat of
connector. (Pushing-in can open the hook and lock it automatically.) Then
confirm the lock by lightly pulling on the lead wire.
Element part no.
Type
Built-in silencer,
direct exhaust (-S)
VQ0000
VQ1000
VVQ0000-82A-1
VVQ1000-82A-1
∗ The minimum order quantity is 10 pcs.
Manifold Base Station Increasing Procedure (VQ1000)
Caution
1. Loosen the clamp screw on the top
surface of the end plate on one side.
2. Turn the manual override between the
manifold blocks with a regular
screwdriver, etc. in a couterclockwise
direction.
DIN rail
Detaching
For pulling-out the socket from
the connector, pull out the lead
wire while pushing the hook of
the socket with a fine point (ca.1
mm) tool.
If the socket is to be re-used,
spread the hook to the outside.
Connector
Lead wire
End plate
re
Socket
15
mm
or
mo
3. Slide the manifold base to the side
Hook
Mounting/Removing from the DIN Rail (VQ1000)
Caution
Removing
1. Loosen the clamp screw on side (a) of
the end plate on both sides.
2. Lift side (a) of the manifold base and
slide the end plate in the direction of (2)
shown in the figure to remove.
where the screw is loosened. Make a
clearance of 15 mm or more.
4. Mount the station increasing
manifold block assembly and
solenoid valve on the DIN rail.
Install it to the DIN rail by applying
the hook on the (b) side of the
manifold block and pushing down
the (a) side.
(2)
(1)
(b)
(b)
End plate
(a)
(1)
(b)
Hook
(a)
Mounting
1. Hook side (b) of the manifold base on
the DIN rail.
2. Press side (a) and mount the end
plate on the DIN rail.
3. Tighten the clamp screw on side (a)
of the end plate. The proper
tightening torque for screws is 1.2 to
1.6 N·m.
(a)
(2)
Enclosure IP65
Caution
Wires, cables, connectors, etc. used for models conforming to IP65 should
also have enclosures equivalent to or of stricter than IP65.
How to Calculate the Flow Rate
Caution
For obtaining the flow rate, refer to pages 2-1-8 to 2-1-11.
2-4-214
5. Slide the manifold bases with a
slight clearance in-between and lock
them by turning the manual override
between the manifold blocks
clockwise.
6. Tighten the screw on the top surface
of the end plate, and the station has
been added.
(Proper tightening torque 1.2 to 1.6
N·m)
Manifold Block Assembly
VQ1000
VVQ1000-1A-2-C3
VVQ1000-1A-2-C4
VVQ1000-1A-2-C6
VVQ1000-1A-2-M5
Port size
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
Option
Different Number of Connector Pins
F and P kits with the following number of pins are available besides the standard number (F = 25; P = 26). Select the desired number of
pins and cable length from the cable assembly list.
Place an order for the cable assembly separately.
F
P
kit (D-sub connector) 15 pins
kit (Flat ribbon cable connector)
10 pins, 16 pins, 20 pins
VQC
10P, 16P, 20P
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
How to order manifold
VV5Q12
VQZ
How to order manifold
06 F SA
D
VV5Q12
06 P SC
Option
Option
How to Order
How to Order
D-sub connector, 15 pins
Connector location –
Side (horizontal)
Without cable
Stations
Kit/Electrical entry
15P (Max. 7 stations)
Top entry
Kit F
Side entry
UA
Kit F
SA
∗ In the same way as the 25-pin models (standard), terminal no.
1 for is SOL.A at the 1st station, terminal no. 9 for SOL.B at the
1st station, and terminal no. 8 for COM.
1
3
Wire Color by Terminal
No. of D-sub Connector
Cable Assembly
Multi-core vinyl cable
VVRF 0.3 mm2 x 15C
~
= ø9
Location
Pins
Terminal no. Lead wire color Dot marking
1
Black
None
2
Brown
None
3
Red
None
4
Orange
None
5
Yellow
None
Connector
HDA-15S
6
Pink
None
(Made by Hirose Electric)
7
Blue
None
8
Purple
White
9
Gray
Black
10
White
Black
11
White
Red
12
Yellow
Red
Terminal no.
13
Orange
Red
14
Yellow
Black
15
Pink
Black
Top entry
10P (Max. 4 stations)
Kit
16P (Max. 7 stations)
Wiring Specifications
AXT100-DS15 to
Flat ribbon cable, 20 pins
Connector location –
Side (horizontal)
Without cable
Stations
Kit/Electrical entry
Location
Pins
VQD
D
P
20P (Max. 9 stations)
Side entry
UA
UB
UC
Kit
P
SA
SB
SC
Wiring Specifications
∗ In the same way as the 26-pin models (standard), terminal no.
1 is SOL.A at the 1st station, terminal no. 2 for SOL.B at the 1st
station, and two pins from the max.
Plug connector
HDA-CTH
(Made by Hirose Electric)
D-sub Connector Cable Assembly
Cable length (L)
Pins
1.5 m
3m
5m
15P
AXT100-DS15-1
AXT100-DS15-2
AXT100-DS15-3
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type conforming to MIL-C-24308.
Terminal no.
Red
Flat Ribbon Cable Assembly
Pins
Cable length (L)
10P
16P
20P
1.5 m
3m
5m
AXT100-FC10-1 AXT100-FC16-1 AXT100-FC20-1
AXT100-FC10-2 AXT100-FC16-2 AXT100-FC20-2
AXT100-FC10-3 AXT100-FC16-3 AXT100-FC20-3
17.2
24.8
30
Connector width (W)
∗ For other commercial connectors, use a type with strain relief
conforming to MIL-C-83503.
2-4-215
Base Mounted
Series
VQ0000/1000
Option
Special Wiring Specifications
Inch-size One-touch Fittings
In the internal wiring of F kit, P kit, T kit and S kit, double wiring
(connected to SOL. A and SOL. B) is adopted for each station
regardless of the valve and option types.
Mixed single and double wiring is available as an option.
Valve with inch-size One-touch fittings is shown below.
06 N7 PSO
Stations
1. How to Order
Indicate an option symbol “-K”, for the manifold no. and be sure to
specify the mounting position and number of stations of the single
and double wiring by means of the manifold specification sheet.
VV5Q05-08C4FU1-D K S
Example)
VV5Q12
Option
Cylinder port
Symbol
N1
N3 N7 M5T NM
10-32UNF
Applicable tubing
O.D. (Inch) ø1/8" ø5/32" ø1/4" (M5 thread) Mixed
—
A, B VQ0000 port VQ1000 Note) When inch size fittings are selected for a
cylinder port, use inch size fittings for both
P and R port, too.
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
D
Kit/Electrical entry
1(P), 3(R) port size
VQ0000 ······ø1/4"
VQ1000 ······ø5/16"
Plug Connector Assembly Model
2. Wiring specifications
With the A side solenoid of the 1st station as no. 1 (meaning,
to be connected to no. 1 terminal), without making any
terminals vacant.
Connector assembly will be required when the F, P, S kits add a
valve. Specify the style of valve and connector assembly.
Connector Assembly Part No.
Specifications
Positive common
Single VQ0000
(2-wire)
Negative common
Double (latching)
(3-wire)
Negative common
Positive common
Part no.
AXT661-14A-F
AXT661-14AN-F
AXT661-13A-F
AXT661-13AN-F
Note) Lead wire length: 300 mm
The part numbers above are applicable to 2 to 10 stations. 11 to 16 stations:
“AXT661- 13
14 A(N)-F-425”.
F kit
D-sub connector
(25 P)
P kit
Flat ribbon cable connector
(26 P)
T kit
Terminal block
(16 terminals)
3. Max. number of stations
The maximum number of stations depends upon the number
of solenoids. Assuming one for a single and two for a double,
determine the number of stations so that the total number is
not more than the max. number given in the following table.
Kit
Type
Max.
points
F US F US A P US 25P 15P 26P
Note)
16
14
T kit
(Terminal
block)
P kit
(Flat ribbon
cable connector)
F kit (D-sub
connector)
16
P US C P US B P US A
T1
20P 16P 10P
Note)
16
Note)
14
8
8
S kit (Serial
transmission)
T2
S
16
16
Note) Due to the limitation of internal wiring.
Negative Common Specifications [Series VQ110]
The following valve part numbers are for negative COM
specifications. Manifold model no. is the same as the standard
products.
How to order negative COM valves
VQ1110 N
5M
Negative common specifications
∗ Series VQ050 has no polarity, so the negative common is applicable to standard models.
2-4-216
Base Mounted
Plug Lead Unit Series
VQ0000/1000
DIN Rail Mounting
Each manifold can be mounted on a DIN rail. Order it by
indicating a DIN rail mounting option symbol, “-D”. In this case, a
DIN rail which is approx. 30 mm longer than the manifold with the
specified number of stations is attached. Other than this, it is
applicable for the following cases.
When DIN rail is unnecessary (C kit VQ0000 only)
VQC
Indicate the option symbol, -DO, for the manifold no.
SQ
Example)
VQ0
VV5Q05-08C4C-DOS
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
VQ4
VQ5
When using DIN rail longer than the manifold with
specified number of stations (VQ0000/VQ1000)
VQZ
Clearly indicate the necessary number of stations next to the option
symbol. “D” for the manifold no.
VQD
Example)
VV5Q05-08C4FU1-D09S
DIN rail for 9 stations
Others, option symbols:
to be indicated alphabetically.
When changing the manifold style into a DIN rail
mounting style (VQ0000 only)
Order brackets for mounting a DIN rail. (Refer to “Option” on page 2-4209.)
No. VVQ0000-57A-5 2 pcs. per one set.
When ordering DIN rail only (VQ0000 only)
DIN rail no.: AXT100-DR-
As for , specify the number from the DIN rail table.
For L dimension, refer to the dimensions of each kit.
(Pitch)
L Dimension
L = 12.5 x n + 10.5
L dimension
1
23
2
35.5
3
48
4
60.5
5
73
6
85.5
7
98
8
110.5
9
123
10
135.5
No.
11
12
160.5
13
173
14
185.5
15
198
16
210.5
17
223
18
235.5
19
248
20
260.5
22
285.5
23
298
24
310.5
25
323
26
335.5
27
348
28
360.5
29
373
30
385.5
32
410.5
33
423
34
435.5
35
448
36
460.5
37
473
38
485.5
39
498
40
510.5
No.
L dimension 148
No.
21
L dimension 273
No.
31
L dimension 398
2-4-217
Series
VQ
Single Unit
Model
(1)
2 position
VQ0000
Plug
lead
Single
3 position
Base mounted
Series
Number of
solenoid
Closed
center
Model
Metal seal
(2)
Response time (ms)
Flow characteristic
Low
1 4/2 (P A/B)
4/2 5/3 (A/B R1/R2) Standard: 1W
wattage:
AC
C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv C [dm3/(s·bar)] b Cv
H: 1.5W
0.5 W
VQ0150
0.41
0.20 0.10
0.44
0.26 0.11 12 or less 15 or less 29 or less
Rubber seal VQ0151
0.53
0.20 0.12
0.53
0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 34 or less
Metal seal
VQ0250
0.41
0.20 0.10
0.44
0.26 0.11 10 or less 13 or less 13 or less
Rubber seal VQ0251
0.53
0.20 0.12
0.53
0.22 0.13 15 or less 20 or less 20 or less
Metal seal
VQ0350
0.32
0.10 0.07
0.32
0.20 0.07 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
Rubber seal VQ0351
0.43
0.21 0.10
0.44
0.24 0.11 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
VQ0450
Exhaust Metal seal
center Rubber seal VQ0451
0.32
0.10 0.07
0.44
0.26 0.11 20 or less 26 or less 40 or less
0.43
0.21 0.10
0.53
0.22 0.13 25 or less 33 or less 47 or less
Double
Weight
(g)
(3)
50
(3)
65
Note 1) Cylinder port size C4: (VQ0000)
Note 2) Based on JIS B 8375-1981 (Supply pressure: 0.5 MPa; with indicator light and surge
voltage suppressor; clean air) The response time is subject to the pressure and quality
of the air. The valves at the time of ON are given for double types.
Note3) Weight including sub-plate.
For individual use of a single valve.
Standard Specifications
Valve construction
Fluid
Rubber
Metal
2 position single
2 position double
Maximum operating pressure
Valve specifications
JIS Symbol
2 position double
Min. operating
pressure
0.15 MPa
0.1 MPa
0.1 MPa
3 position
0.1 MPa
Lubrication
(1)
Push type/Locking type (Tool required, Manual type) Option
(2)
Enclosure
150/30 m/s2
Dust tight
Coil rated voltage
Solenoid
0.2 MPa
–10 to 50°C
Not required
Manual override
12, 24 VDC, 100, 110, 200, 220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Coil insulation type
3 position pressure center
0.7 MPa (High pressure type: 0.8 MPa)
0.1 MPa
Ambient and fluid temperature
Power
consumption
(Current)
Air/Inert gas
Double
Allowable voltage fluctuation
3 position exhaust center
Rubber seal
Single
Impact/Vibration resistance
3 position closed center
Metal seal
Air/Inert gas
±10% of rated voltage
Class B or equivalent
24 VDC
1 W DC (42 mA), 1.5 W DC (63 mA)(3), 0.5 W DC (21 mA) (4)
12 VDC
1 W DC (83 mA), 1.5 W DC (125 mA) , 0.5 W DC (42 mA)
(3)
100 VAC
Inrush 0.5 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.5 VA (5 mA)
110 VAC
Inrush 0.55 VA (5 mA), Holding 0.55 VA (5 mA)
200 VAC
Inrush 1.0 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.0 VA (5 mA)
220 VAC
Inrush 1.1 VA (5 mA), Holding 1.1 VA (5 mA)
(4)
Note 1) Use dry air to prevent condensation when operating at low temperatures.
Note 2) Impact resistance ··· No malfunction occurred when it is tested with a drop tester in the axial
direction and at the right angles to the main valve and armature in both
energized and de-energized states every once for each condition.
(Values at the initial period)
Vibration resistance ··· No malfunction occurred in a one-sweep test between 45 and 2000 Hz.
Test was performed at both energized and de-energized states in the
axial direction and at the right angles to the main valve and armature.
(Values at the initial period)
Note 3) Values for high pressure type (1.5 W)
Note 4) Values for low wattage type (0.5 W)
2-4-218
Single Unit
Series
VQ
How to Order Valves
VQ0 1 5 0 Y 5 L
C4
Sub-plate
SUP, Cylinder port
Series VQ0000
Nil
C3
C4
M5
Type of actuation
1
2
3
4
2 position single
2 position double
3 position closed center
3 position exhaust center
Nil
Metal seal
Rubber seal
B
Y
Non-locking push type (Tool required)
Locking type (Tool required) ∗
VQ0
∗ Option
Symbol Specifications
H
SQ
Manual override
Function
Nil
VQC
Note) EXH port: M5 thread
Seal
0
1
Without sub-plate
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 thread
DC
(1.0 W)
High pressure (1.5 W)
type
Low wattage (0.5 W)
type
Standard type
VQ4
Electrical entry
AC
VQ5
Grommet (Except AC)
G
L plug connector with lead wire
L
LO L plug connector without connector
M plug connector with lead wire
M
MO M plug connector without connector
Note)
—
—
Note) For power consumption of AC
type, refer to page 2-4-218.
VQZ
VQD
Coil rated voltage
1
2
3
4
5
6
100 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 VAC (50/60 Hz)
110 VAC (50/60 Hz)
220 VAC (50/60 Hz)
24 VDC
12 VDC
Wiring Specifications
The lead wires are connected to the valve as
shown below. Connect each to the power supply
side.
Lead wire color
24 VDC
SOL.A
(–)
Black
COM(+) Red
100 VAC 200 VAC
110 VAC 220 VAC
(Blue)
[Red]
(Blue)
[Red]
Black (Blue) [Red]
A side solenoid (–)
Red (Blue)[Red]
COM(+)
Plug connector lead wire length
Note) The length of the lead wire provided is 300 mm.
When ordering a valve with a lead wire of 600
mm or longer, be sure to indicate the model
number of the valve without connector and
connector assembly.
Example) Lead wire length 1000 mm
VQ0150-5LO
····· 3 pcs.
AXT661-14A-10 ····· 3 pcs.
Connector Assembly Part No. (For DC)
Lead wire length
Part no.
Socket (3 pcs.)
AXT661-12A
300 mm
AXT661-14A
600 mm
AXT661-14A-6
1000 mm
AXT661-14A-10
2000 mm
AXT661-14A-20
3000 mm
AXT661-14A-30
Note)AXT661-31A-, for 100/110 VAC.
AXT661-34A-, for 200/220 VAC.
2-4-219
Series
VQ
Dimensions
2 position single: VQ015 01
15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5
B
A
B
A
EA
P
EB
10.5
18
25
~
= 31.5
(For C4)
Manual override
2- ø3.4 mounting holes
31
38
Lead wire length = 300
9
8.7 8.7
3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
5.5
< >: AC
(4(A), 2(B) port)
SMC
M5(5(R1) , 3(R2) port)
13.5
45 (M plug connector)
51 (L plug connector)
5
9.9
9
76<81>
M plug connector
69.5<74.5>
L plug connector
0
2 position double: VQ025 1
15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5
Manual override
10.5
18
25
~
= 31.5
(For C4)
B
A
B
A
EA
P
EB
2- ø3.4 mounting holes
31
38
Lead wire length = 300
5.5
(4(A), 2(B) port)
9
51 (L plug connector)
9.9
13.5
45 (M plug connector)
SMC
5
9
121<131>
M plug connector
108<118.5>
L plug connector
8.7 8.7
3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
60
M5 (5(R1) , 3(R2) port)
< >: AC
0
3 position exhaust center: VQ0 34 5 1
15.8
15.2 12.3
5 5
10.5
18
25
~
= 31.5
B
A
B
A
EA
P
EB
(For C4)
Manual override
2- ø3.4 mounting holes
31
38
Lead wire length = 300
8.7 8.7
60
M5 (5 (R1), 3 (R2) port)
< >: AC
2-4-220
3-C4, M5(1(P), 4(A), 2(B) port)
C4: One-touch fitting for ø4
M5: M5 thread
9
5.5
(4(A), 2(B) port)
13.5
45 (M plug connector)
51 (L plug connector)
9.9
SMC
5
9
131<141>
M plug connector
118<128>
L plug connector
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
2-4-221
Series VQ
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts
Construction: VQ1000/Plug-in Unit
Metal seal
Rubber seal type
Component Parts
No.
q
w
e
Description
Component Parts
Note
Material
Body
Zinc die-casted
Spool/Sleeve
Stainless steel
Piston
No.
q
w
e
Resin
Replacement Parts
Material
Description
Aluminum/HNBR
Spool valve
Resin
Piston
Replacement Parts
Note)
r
Pilot valve assembly
(H)
VQ111 (Y) --1
Single
r
Pilot valve assembly
Voltage1 to 6
Note)
t
Pilot valve assembly
VQ131(H)
(Y)--1
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
2-4-222
Note
Zinc die-casted
Body
(H)
Note)
VQ111 (Y) --1
Single
Voltage1 to 6
Note)
Double/3 position
t
Pilot valve assembly
VQ131(H)
(Y)--1
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
Double/3 position
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts
Series
VQ
Construction: VQ2000/Plug-in Unit
Metal seal
Rubber seal type
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Component Parts
No.
q
w
e
Component Parts
Material
Description
Body
Note
Spool/Sleeve
Piston
Stainless steel
Resin
Replacement Parts
r
t
Pilot valve assembly
Pilot valve assembly
Material
Description
Body
Note
Aluminum die-casted
Aluminum/HNBR
Spool valve
Resin
Piston
Replacement Parts
(H)
(Y)
Note)
VQ111 --1
(H)
Voltage1 to 6
Note)
Single
r
Pilot valve assembly
VQ111(H)
(Y)--1
Voltage1 to 6
Note)
VQ131(Y)--1
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
No.
q
w
e
Aluminum die-casted
Double/3 position
t
Pilot valve assembly
(H)
Single
Note)
VQ131(Y)--1
Double/3 position
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
2-4-223
Series
VQ
Construction: VQ0000/Plug Lead Unit
Metal seal
Rubber seal type
Component Parts
Component Parts
No.
q
w
e
Description
Body
Spool/Sleeve
Piston
Material
Aluminum die-casted
Stainless steel
Resin
Pilot valve assembly
No.
q
w
e
Description
Body
Spool valve
Material
Aluminum die-casted
Aluminum/HNBR
Resin
Piston
Replacement Parts
Replacement Parts
r
Note
VQ110
(H)
(Y)
L Note)
M
G
-
r
Pilot valve assembly
VQ110
(H)
(Y)
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (Y): 0.5 W, (H): 1.5 W, (G): DC
2-4-224
L Note)
-M
G
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (Y): 0.5 W, (H): 1.5 W, (G): DC
Note
Construction
Main Parts, Replacement Parts
Series
VQ
Construction: VQ1000/Plug Lead Unit
Metal seal
Rubber seal type
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Component Parts
Component Parts
Note
Material
No.
Description
q
w
e
Body
Zinc die-casted
Spool/Sleeve
Stainless steel
Piston
No.
q
w
e
Resin
Replacement Parts
Material
Description
Aluminum/HNBR
Spool valve
Resin
Piston
Replacement Parts
Note)
r
Pilot valve assembly
VQ111 (H)
(Y) --1
Note)
Single
r
VQ111 (H)
(Y) --1
Pilot valve assembly
Voltage1 to 6
Pilot valve assembly
VQ131 (H)
(Y) --1
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
Single
Voltage1 to 6
Note)
t
Note
Zinc die-casted
Body
Note)
Double/3 position
t
Pilot valve assembly
VQ131 (H)
(Y) --1
Double/3 position
Voltage1 to 6
Note) (H): 1.5 W, (Y): 0.5 W
2-4-225
Exploded View of Manifold
Exploded view: VQ1000/Plug-in Unit
(F, P, J, L, Skit)
L kit
F kit
P/J kit
S kit
Housing assembly and SI unit
2-4-226
D side end plate assembly
Manifold block assembly
U side end plate assembly
Exploded View of Manifold
Series
VQ
<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>
Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No.
q
w
e
Manifold
(SA kit)
(SB kit)
(SC kit)
(SD kit)
(SE kit)
(SF1kit)
(SG kit)
(SH kit)
(SJ1 kit)
(SJ2 kit)
(SK kit)
(SQ kit)
(SR1 kit)
(SR2 kit)
(SV kit)
P US kit
J US kit
F US kit
Part no.
EX320-S001(-XP) (2)
EX120-SMB1(-XP) (2)
EX120-STA1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SSH1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SPA1
EX120-SUW1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SAB1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SUH1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SSL1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SSL2(-XP) (2)
EX120-SFU1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SDN1
EX120-SCS1(-XP) (2)
EX120-SCS2(-XP) (2)
EX120-SMJ1(-XP) (2)
AXT100-1-P US (1)
AXT100-1-J US 20 (1)
AXT100-1-F US (1)
Description
General type SI unit (Series EX300)
SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co.,Ltd.)
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation)
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (16 output points)
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S (8 output points)
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System
Flat cable housing assembly = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
Flat cable housing assembly
D-sub connector housing assembly = Number of pins: 25, 15
Note 1) Top (vertical) entry connector for FU, PU and JU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS, JS and PS.
Note 2) Enter suffix “-XP” at the end of the part number for dust proof type SI unit.
y U side end plate assembly no. (For F, P, J, S kit)
rt D side end plate assembly no.
VVQ1000-3A-1-
VVQ1000-2A-1-
-
Electrical entry
F
P
J
L
S
Option
Option
Nil
For F kit
For P kit
R
S
For J kit
(1)
(1)
Nil
Common exhaust type
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
R
S
Common exhaust type
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note) The !4’s fitting assembly is
included.
For L kit
For S kit
Note 1) When both options are specified, indicate as RS.
Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/S kit
are not included.
Separately place an order for q, w, and e.
<Manifold Block Assembly>
i Manifold block assembly no.
VVQ1000-1A- -
Tie-rod (2 pcs.) and lead wire assembly
for extensions are attached
F kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
F1
F kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
F2
F kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
F3
P1 P, J, S kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
P, J, S kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
P2
P3 P, J, S kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
L0 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L0
L1 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L1
L2 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L2
C3
C4
C6
M5
Part no.
o
!0
!1
!2
VVQ1000-80A-1
VVQ1000-80A-2
VVQ1000-80A-3
VVQ1000-80A-4
VVQ1000-2A-1-L
With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
With One-touch fitting for ø4
With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
Replacement Parts
No.
u U side end plate assembly no. (For L kit)
Port size
Electrical entry
Description
Gasket
Packing
Clamp screw
Clip
Material
Number
12
NBR
12
NBR
12
Carbon steel
12
Stainless steel
Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed.
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
<U Side End Plate Assembly>
<D Side End Plate Assembly>
VQC
<Fitting Assembly>
!3 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
VVQ1000-50ANote) Purchasing order
is available in
units of 10 pieces.
Port size
C3
C4
C6
M5
Applicable tubing ø3.2
Applicable tubing ø4
Applicable tubing ø6
M5 thread
!4 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)
VVQ1000-51A-C8
Applicable tubing ø8
Note) Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
2-4-227
Series
VQ
Exploded View: VQ2000/Plug-in Unit
(F, P, J, L, G, S kit)
L kit
G kit
F kit
P/J kit
S kit
Housing assembly and SI unit
2-4-228
D side end plate assembly
Manifold block assembly
U side end plate assembly
Exploded View of Manifold
Series
VQ
<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>
Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No.
q
w
e
r
Manifold
(SA kit)
(SB kit)
(SBB kit)
(SC kit)
(SD kit)
(SE kit)
(SF1kit)
(SG kit)
(SH kit)
(SJ1 kit)
(SJ2 kit)
(SK kit)
(SQ kit)
(SR1 kit)
(SR2 kit)
(SV kit)
P US kit
J US kit
G kit
F US kit
Part no.
EX320-S001(-XP)(1) [EX323-S001] (2)
EX120-SMB1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SMB1] (2)
[EX124-SMB1] (3)
EX120-STA1(-XP)(1) [EX123-STA1] (2)
EX120-SSH1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSH1](2)
EX120-SPA1
EX120-SUW1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SUW1] (2)
EX120-SAB1
EX120-SUH1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SUH1] (2)
EX120-SSL1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSL1] (2)
EX120-SSL2(-XP)(1) [EX123-SSL2] (2)
EX120-SFU1(-XP)(1) [EX123-SFU1] (2)
EX120-SDN1 [EX124-SDN1] (2)
EX120-SCS1(-XP)(1) [EX124-SCS1] (2)
EX120-SCS2(-XP)(1) [EX124-SCS2] (2)
EX120-SMJ1(-XP)(1) [EX124-SMJ1] (2)
AXT100-1-P US (4)
AXT100-1-J US (4)
AXT100-1-GU20
AXT100-1-F US (4)
Note 1) Suffix “-XP” for dust-protected type SI unit.
Note 2) Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
Description
General type SI unit (Series EX300)
SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric)
SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (2 power supply lines) (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.)
SI unit for DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation)
SI unit for 16 point Compo Bus/S System (OMRON)
SI unit for 8 point Compo Bus/S System (OMRON)
SI unit for CC-LINK System (2 power supply systems) (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly with terminal block
D-sub connector housing assembly = Number of pins: 25, 15
Note 3) SBB kit is usable only for dust tight/low jetproof type (IP65).
Note 4) Top entry connector for FU and PU while side entry connector for FS and PS.
<D Side End Plate Assembly>
tyD side end plate assembly no.
VVQ2000-3A-1-
-
Electrical entry
F
P
J
L
G
S
Option
For F kit
For P kit
For J kit
For L kit
For G kit
For S kit
Common EXH
Nil
R
S
(1)
External pilot
(1)
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note 1) When both options are specified, indicate as RS.
Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/J/G/S kit are not
included.
Note 3) Separately place an order for q, w, e, and r.
For Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65), please consult with
SMC.
<U Side End Plate Assembly>
u U side end plate assembly no. (For F/P/G/S kits)
VVQ2000-2A-1-
Option
Nil
R
S
Common EXH
External pilot
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
i U side end plate assembly no. (For L kit)
VVQ2000-2A-1-L
Note 1) The !5’s fitting assembly is included.
Note 2) The housing assembly and SI unit of F/P/J/G/S kit are not
included.
Note 3) Separately place an order for q, w, e, and r.
For Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65), please consult with
SMC.
<Manifold Block Assembly> Tie-rod (2 pcs.) and lead wire assembly for extensions are attached
o Manifold block assembly no.
VVQ2000-1A-
-
-
Enclosure
Port size
Electrical entry
F1
F2
F3
P1
P2
P3
L0
L1
L2
T1
T3
M1
M2
M3
C4 One-touch fitting for ø4
C6 One-touch fitting for ø6
C8 One-touch fitting for ø8
F kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
F kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
F kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
P, J, G, S kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
P, J, G, S kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
P, J, G, S kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
L0 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L1 kit Stations (1 to 8)
L2 kit Stations (1 to 8)
T kit for 2 to 20 stations/Double wiring
T kit for 2 to 20 stations/Single wiring
M kit for 2 to 12 stations/Double wiring
M kit for 13 to 24 stations/Double wiring
M kit for 2 to 24 stations/Single wiring
<Fitting Assembly>
!4 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
VVQ1000-51A-
!0
!1
!2
!3
Part no.
Description
Material
VVQ2000-80A-1
HNBR
Gasket
VVQ2000-80A-2
HNBR
Packing
VVQ2000-80A-3 Clamp screw Carbon steel
VVQ2000-80A-4
Stainless steel
Clip
Port size
Note) Purchasing order is available
in units of 10 pieces.
<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
Replacement Parts
No.
Dusttight
Nil
Dusttight/Low jetproof type (IP65)
W
Note) F, P, J, G kits are available with “Nil” only.
M kit is available with [W] only.
S, L, T kits are selectable, depending
upon the manifold type.
Number
12
12
12
12
C4 Applicable tubing ø4
C6 Applicable tubing ø6
C8 Applicable tubing ø8
!5 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R ports)
VVQ2000-51A-C10
Applicable tubing ø10
Note) Purchasing order is available
in units of 10 pieces.
Note) A set of parts containing
12 pcs. each is enclosed.
2-4-229
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
Series
VQ
Exploded View: VQ0000/Plug Lead Unit
(F, P, C, S kit)
∗ For how to increase the stations, refer to the instruction manual.
Tie-rod
U side end block assembly
Manifold block assembly
D side end block assembly
Housing assembly and SI unit Note 3)
Note 2)
S kit
S kit
Connector assembly
Note 1)
Note 4)
Note 2)
P kit
P kit
Connector assembly
The drawing shows PU. (Top entry connector)
Note 2)
F kit
F kit
Connector assembly
The drawing shows FU. (Top entry connector)
Note 2)
T kit
T kit
Connector assembly
Note 4)
Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins).
Note 2) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 3) A housing assembly is not used for a C kit.
Note 4) A DIN rail clamping bracket is attached to each.
2-4-230
Exploded View of Manifold
VQ
Series
<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>
Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No.
Manifold
(1)
q
Part no.
Description
(SA kit)
EX330-S001
General type SI unit (Series EX300)
(SB kit)
EX130-SMB1
SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
(SC kit)
EX130-STA1
SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
(SD kit)
EX130-SSH1
SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corporation)
(SF1 kit)
EX130-SUW1
16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
(SH kit)
EX130-SUH1
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
w
PU
S kit
(2)
AXT100-2-P U
S
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly l = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
e
FU
S kit
(2)
AXT100-2-F U
S
D-sub connector housing assembly l = Number of pins: 25, 15
r
T kit
AXT100-2-TB1 (4)
Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
t
T kit
AXT100-2-TB2 (4)
Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins). Place an order for AXT100-2PS20 separately.
Note 2) Top/vertical entry connector for FU and PU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS and PS.
Note 3) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 4) In the case of standard specifications and double wring, r is for 1 to t stations and t is for 5 to 8 stations.
y D side end plate assembly no.
VVQ0000-3A-5-
Option
Common exhaust type
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
S
Note) The !2’s fitting assembly is included.
<U Side End Plate Assembly>
u U side end plate assembly no.
VVQ0000-2A-5-
Option
Common exhaust type
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Nil
S
<Manifold Block Assembly>
i manifold block assembly no.
VVQ0000-1A-5-
Port size
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
M5 thread
M5
<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
Replaceable Parts
No.
Part no.
Description
Material
Number
o
VVQ0000-80A-5-2
Seal
HNBR
12
!0
VVQ0000-80A-5-4
Clip
HNBR
12
Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed.
<Fitting Assembly>
!1 Fittings assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
VVQ0000-50A-
Note)
Purchasing order is available
in units of 10 pieces.
Port size
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
!2 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)
VVQ1000-50A-C6
Applicable tubing ø6
Note) Purchasing order is available in units of 10 pieces.
<Tie-rod Bolt>
!3 Tie-rod bolt
Stations
For 1 station
For 2 station
···
1
2
···
VVQ0000-103A-5-
VQZ
VQD
<D Side End Plate Assembly>
Nil
VQ5
16
For 16 station
Note) 2 bolts per one set.
2-4-231
Series
VQ
Exploded View: VQ1000/Plug Lead Unit
(F, P, T, S kit)
∗ For how to increase the stations, refer to the instruction manual.
Note 3)
Housing assembly and SI unit D side end block assembly SUP/EXH block assembly
Manifold block assembly
SUP/EXH block assembly U side end block assembly
S kit
Note 2)
Connector assembly
Note 1)
P kit
Note 2)
Connector assembly
The drawing shows PU.
(Top entry connector)
F kit
Note 2)
Connector assembly
Note 4)
The drawing shows FU.
(Top entry connector)
T kIt
Note 2)
Connector assembly
Note 4)
Note 1) S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PU20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins).
Note 2) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 3) A housing assembly is not used for a C kit.
Note 4) A DIN rail clamping bracket is attached to each.
2-4-232
Exploded View of Manifold
VQ
Series
<Housing Assembly and SI Unit>
Housing assembly and SI unit no.
No.
q
w
e
r
t
Manifold
(SA kit)
(SB kit)
(SC kit)
(SD kit)
(SE kit)
(SF1kit)
(SG kit)
(SH kit)
(SJ1 kit)
(SJ2 kit)
(SK kit)
(SQ kit)
(SR1 kit)
(SR2 kit)
(SV kit)
P US kit
F US kit
T kit
T kit
Part no.
EX321-S001(-XP) (5)
EX121-SMB1(-XP) (5)
EX121-STA1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SSH1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SPA1
EX121-SUW1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SAB1(-XP) (5)
EX120-SUH1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SSL1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SSL2(-XP) (5)
EX121-SFU1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SDN1
EX121-SCS1(-XP) (5)
EX121-SCS2(-XP) (5)
EX120-SMJ1(-XP) (5)
AXT100-2-P US (2)
AXT100-2-F US (2)
AXT100-2-TB1 (4)
AXT100-2-TB2 (4)
Description
General type SI unit (Series EX300)
SI unit for MELSECNET/MINI-S3 Data Link System (Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
SI unit for SYSBUS Wire System (OMRON Corporation)
SI unit for Satellite I/O Link System (SHARP Corpoation)
SI unit for MEWNET-F System (Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire System (NKE Corporation)
SI unit for Allen Bradley Remote I/O (RIO) System (Rockwell Automation, Inc.)
SI unit for 16 point Uni-wire H System (NKE Corporation)
16 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
8 point S-LINK System (SUNX Corporation)
T-LINK Mini System (Fuji Electric Co., Ltd.)
DeviceNet, CompoBus/D (OMRON Corporation)
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S System (16 output points)
OMRON Corporation: CompoBus/S System (8 output points)
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation: CC-LINK System
Flat ribbon cable housing assembly = Number of pins: 26, 20, 16, 10
D-sub connector housing assembly = Number of pins: 25, 15
Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
Terminal block assembly (8 terminals)
Note 1) A S kit is composed of a flat ribbon cable housing assembly (AXT100-2-PS20) of q SI unit and w P kit (20 pins).
Place an order for AXT100-2-PU20 separately.
Note 2) Top/vertical entry connector for FU and PU while side (horizontal) entry connector for FS and PS.
Note 3) Since no connector assembly is included, order it separately. (Refer to page 2-4-216.)
Note 4) In the case of standard specifications and double wring, r is for 1 to 4 stations and t is for 5 to 8 stations.
Note 5) Suffix “-XP” for dust-protected type SI unit.
<D Side End Plate Assembly>
<Replacement Parts for Manifold Block>
y D side end plate assembly no.
Replaceable Parts
VVQ1000-3A-2
<U Side End Plate Assembly>
u U side end plate assembly no.
VVQ1000-2A-2
No.
Part no.
!0
!1
!2
!3
VVQ1000-80A-1
VVQ1000-80A-2-2
VVQ1000-80A-3
VVQ1000-80A-2-4
Description
Gasket
O-ring
Clamp screw
Clip
Note) A set of parts containing 12 pcs. each is enclosed.
<SUP/EXH block Assembly>
i SUP/EXH block assembly no.
<Fitting Assembly>
!4 Fitting assembly part no. (For cylinder port)
VVQ1000-PR-2-C8-
VVQ1000-50A-
Port size
Option
Nil
S
Material
Number
12
HNBR
12
HNBR
12
Carbon steel
12
Stainless steel
Common exhaust type
Built-in silencer, direct exhaust
Note) The !5’s fitting assembly is included.
<Manifold Block Assembly>
i Manifold block assembly no.
VVQ1000-1A-2-
Note) Purchasing order is
available in units of 10
pieces.
C3
C4
C6
M5
Applicable tubing ø3.2
Applicable tubing ø4
Applicable tubing ø6
With M5 thread
!5 Fitting assembly part no. (For P, R port)
VVQ1000-51A-C8
Applicable tubing ø8
Port size
C3 With One-touch fitting for ø3.2
C4 With One-touch fitting for ø4
C6 With One-touch fitting for ø6
M5 thread
M5
Note) Purchasing order is
available in units of 10
pieces.
2-4-233
VQC
SQ
VQ0
VQ4
VQ5
VQZ
VQD
2-4-234